Electrical & Ict Need Statement: Hospital Kapar (Reka Dan Bina)

ELECTRICAL & ICT
NEED STATEMENT
HOSPITAL KAPAR (REKA DAN BINA)
JABATAN KERJA RAYA

MALAYSIA
APRIL 2022
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESIGN AND BUILD CKE.GP.12.02.(01)(2021)
NEED STATEMENT Date Issued: 2014
CAWANGAN KEJURUTERAAN Revision: 1
ELEKTRIK Date: Mei 2021
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 1 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM DESCRIPTIONS PAGE

1.0 INTRODUCTION 4
2.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTOR 4

GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENT, RULES, REGULATIONS AND
3.0 7
STANDARDS
EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP AND SCHEDULES OF
4.0 8
WORKS
5.0 ELECTRICAL SERVICES 10
5.1 Electrical System 11
5.1.1 Medium Voltage System 11
5.1.2 Low Voltage System 12
5.1.2.1 Distribution System 12
5.1.2.2 Wiring and Cabling 14
5.1.2.3 Selection of Light Fittings and Accessories 15
5.1.2.4 Selection of Fans 16
5.1.2.5 Power Points 17

5.1.2.6 External Low Voltage Electrical Installation 19
5.1.2.7 Lightning Protection System 20
5.1.2.8 Earthing System 21
5.1.2.9 Surge Protective Devices 21
5.1.2.10 Standby Generator Set 21
5.1.2.11 Uninterruptible Power Supply 22
5.1.2.12 Requirement for Anti Corrosive Type Installation 23
5.1.2.13 Energy Efficiency (EE) 23
6.0 JKR BUILDING INFORMATION MODELLING (BIM) 23
7.0 EXTRA LOW VOLTAGE (ELV) SYSTEM 23

INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT)
8.0 23
SYSTEM
9.0 SPECIAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 23
10.0 CENTRAL ELECTRICAL MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM 24
10.1 Central Control Room 24

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 2 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN

10.2 Central Electrical Monitoring & Control System 24
General Requirements for Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
10.3 26
(SCADA)
10.4 Remote Control Panel 27
11.0 FIRE BARRIERS AND SEALANTS FOR OPENING AND DUCTS 27
12.0 DEMOLITION WORKS 27
13.0 OTHER INTEGRATION WORKS 28

OTHER MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND WORKS REQUIRED FOR 28
14.0 THE PROPER FUNCTIONING AND OPERATION OF THE
COMPLEX
15.0 RELOCATION WORKS 28
16.0 MOCK-UP 28
DRAWING, TECHNICAL DETAILS, OPERATION AND
17.0 29
MAINTENANCE MANUALS AFTER COMPLETION OF WORKS
CERTIFICATION OF WORKS, FINAL INSPECTION, TESTING AND
18.0 29
COMMISSIONING
19.0 EQUIPMENT IVENTORY LIST 29
20.0 TRAINING 30
21.0 GUARANTEE AND MAINTENANCE 30
22.0 RECOMMENDATION FOR OPERATIONAL PERSONNEL 31
23.0 MEDICAL EQUIPMENT RELATED TO ELECTRICAL 32
24.0 SCHEDULES 33
Schedule A ELECTRICAL SERVICES TENDER SUM ANALYSIS 34

SUMMARY OF DOCUMENTS TO BE ENCLOSED WITH
Schedule B 37
SUBMISSION
SUMMARY OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED DURING
Schedule C CONSTRUCTION 38
SUMMARY Of DOCUMENTS / ITEMS TO BE SUBMITTED AFTER
Schedule D COMPLETION 40
Schedule DICT AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS 41
Schedule DEERE AS-INSTALLED DOCUMENTS 42
Schedule E SUPERVISION DURING CONSTRUCTION 43
Schedule EICT SUPERVISION DURING CONSTRUCTION 44
Schedule EEERE SUPERVISION DURING CONSTRUCTION 47
Schedule F CHECKLIST OF ELECTRICAL SERVICES REQUIRED 48
Schedule FICT SCHEDULE OF ICT SERVICES 50

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 3 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN

Schedule FELV ELV SERVICES REQUIRED 53
Schedule FEERE SCHEDULE OF EE & RE SERVICES 54

COMPLIANCE TO REQUIREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL WORKS
Schedule G 57
BRIEF
COMPLIANCE DEVIATION TO REQUIREMENTS OF ICT WORKS
Schedule GICT BRIEF 67
Schedule H ROOM DATA OF ELECTRICAL FACILITIES 79
Schedule HICT ROOM DATA OF ICT FACILITIES 81
Schedule I SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED BRANDS 82
Schedule IICT MANUFACTURER’S BRAND LIST 88
Schedule IELV SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED BRANDS 92
Schedule IEERE MANUFACTURER’S BRAND LIST 98
Schedule J SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED MOCK-UP 99

ENERGY EFFICIENCY CHECKLIST (ELECTRICAL ASPECTS
Schedule K 100
ONLY)
Schedule L TRAINING ON SYSTEMS / SERVICES PROVIDED 102
Schedule M ELECTRICAL/ELV/ICT MAINTENANCE (DLP) 105
Schedule NBIM BIM BRIF PROJEK JKR 106
Schedule OBIM BIM DELIVERABLES SUMMARY 108

LIST REQUIREMENT OF THE BIM DELIVERABLES FOR
Schedule PBIM ELECTRICAL MODEL 109
Schedule QBIM BIM SAMPLE MODEL REQUIREMENT 113
24.0 APPENDICES 114
Appendix BIM JKR BUILDING INFORMATION MODELLING (BIM) 114
Appendix ELV EXTRA LOW VOLTAGE (ELV) SYSTEM 132

INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT)
Appendix ICT 149
SYSTEM
Appendix EE ENERGY EFFICIENCY (EE) 174
Appendix SPR SPECIAL PROJECT REQUIREMENT (SPR) 179
Appendix MEQ MEDICAL EQUIPMENT RELATED TO ELECTRICAL 179

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 4 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.0.1 The specifications and requirements under this section cover the general scope of works for
the electrical services for the whole project. The Contractor shall design towards an Energy
Efficient Building in accordance with MS 1525, supply all materials, equipment, plants and
labours and perform all installation, testing and commissioning works required for the
complete and satisfactory completion of the whole project; repair and replace all defective
and faulty materials, equipment, plants and works and perform all breakdown, scheduled and
preventative maintenance works during the Maintenance Period as specified in the Contract.
1.0.2 All equipment, plants, accessories, materials, work etc. required for the proper and effective
operation of the project, except those clearly mentioned not necessary, shall deem to be
included in the Contract. The Contractor is also required to make references to the Brief
or Medical Brief of Requirement (MBOR) of Mechanical, Architectural, Structuraland
others related services requirement for a more comprehensive coverage ofelectrical
services for the whole project.
2.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTOR
2.0.1 The electrical services to be provided, unless mentioned otherwise, shall be in accordance
with the normal practices, standard specifications, latest edition of Uniform Building by Laws,
guideline/recommendations of the MS, MS IEC, IEC, BS EN, BS and/or EN standard currently
in use. The Contractor shall deem to be familiar with the above-mentioned specifications,
practices, guidelines and recommendations as well as the site conditions before submitting
the tender. If there is any discrepancy in the above documents, it shall bereferred to the
Project Director whose decision shall be final.
2.0.2 The Contractor shall be responsible and to include in the contract the submission of the
necessary applications to and liaise with the relevant utility providers or Licensees, local
authorities and others relevant bodies in order to obtain the necessary approval before, during
and after construction.
2.0.3 The Contractor shall submit Bill of Quantities and Schedule of Prices arranged in the order of
scope of Electrical Works together with all necessary conceptual layout drawings, schematic
drawings, system drawings, wiring diagrams etc. as per Schedule B with the proposal. After
the issuance of Letter of Acceptance (LA), the Contractor shall submit documents to the P.D’s
Representative as per Schedule C. Detail design calculation for eachscope of work shall be
legibly presented and properly bound and submitted together with thedrawings. All drawings
and calculations shall be duly certified and signed by a Principal withElectrical Professional
Engineer with Practising Certificate (PEPC).
2.0.4 The drawings shall be accompanied with detail calculations, technical data and catalogues.
The Contractor shall also submit shop drawings and construction drawings to the P.D’s
Representative for comment prior to fabrication and installation. Installation manuals shall be
submitted before installing any equipment.
2.0.5 A program of works shall also be submitted. The electrical services required for the specific
project shall be confirmed using Schedule F. A schedule of compliance to the brief shall also
be certified.

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 5 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
2.0.6 A schedule based on the architect’s Schedule of Accommodation (SOA) as per ScheduleH
shall be submitted with details of all the required electrical, ICT and ELV equipment, roomby
room.
2.0.7 The Contractor shall also submit full specifications, technical details, catalogues, name of
manufactures, model numbers etc. of the equipment and materials as per Schedule I. The
submission for the Electrical works shall be in a separate volume of the contract document
(with compliance to technical requirements) and shall be finalized.
2.0.8 The Contractor shall make sure all materials offered are available and comply with the
requirements specified in this document and JKR Specification.
2.0.9 The prices quoted shall include all taxes, duties and any other charges. All cost incurred due
to works which involve hacking and making good of the area due to the installation shall be
borne by the contractor.
2.0.10 The Contractor shall appoint qualified and competent Consultants in the relevant fields
registered with the Board of Engineers Malaysia:
a) To carry out the design of the project to comply with JKR requirements and to fulfill the
operability and maintainability of the systems.
b) To assist the Contractor for submission of the necessary applications and liaise with
the relevant utility providers or Licensees, local authorities and others relevant bodies to
obtain the necessary approval.
c) To prepare all necessary calculations, drawings, specifications, technical literatures,
manufacturer list of materials for the complete design as required in the contract.
d) To supervise the installation of the electrical services and equipment, certify of testing
and commissioning reports and all other information required. A schedule of supervision
personnel shall be prepared and submitted as per Schedule E.
e) All drawings, documents and reports submitted (during procurement, design,
construction and completion stage) shall be endorsed by the Professional Engineer with
Practicing Certificate (PEPC) who directly involved with the project.
2.0.11 The Contractor shall submit a full organization chart for personnel involved in the project
complete with their names, companies, contact numbers, and their roles and responsibilities
for approval.
2.0.12 During the construction stage, the Contractor shall employ:
a) Qualified electrical contractor to terminate/relocate existing electricity supply (if required)

and provide and maintain a temporary electricity supply whether from power utility or
generator set for the project to comply with all authorities & JKR requirement. Approval
from Safety & Health Officer (SHO) shall be obtained & submitted to JKR for reference
and record to fulfill the operability and maintainability of the systems.
b) Qualified electrical contractor registered with CIDB and Suruhanjaya Tenaga (ST) or
Electrical Inspectorate Unit (EIU) under relevant categories or specialization to carry
out the electrical works of the project.

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 6 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
2.0.13 The Contractor shall submit the following forms before commencement of electrical works:
a) Borang A - Perakuan Pemborong Elektrik

b) Borang A1 - Orang Kompeten yang bertanggungjawab bagi penyeliaan dan
penyiapan kerja pemasangan elektrik mengikut Akta Bekalan Elektrik
1990 dan Peraturan - Peraturan Elektrik 1994
c) Borang A2 - Orang Kompeten yang bertanggungjawab bagi pengujian
pemasangan elektrik mengikut Akta Bekalan Elektrik 1990 dan
Peraturan-Peraturan Elektrik 1994
2.0.14 The Contractor shall submit the following forms after the completion of the physical work to
the relevant authorities for registration to comply with Peraturan - Peraturan Elektrik 1994.
a) Borang A – Permohonan bagi Pendaftaran Pemasanganand to fulfill the operability and

maintainability of the systems.
b) Borang G – Perakuan Penyeliaan & Penyiapan.
c) Borang H – Perakuan Ujian.
d) Borang H(JPE) – Relay Calibration Certificate.
e) Borang AS16B – Registration of Generator Set Installation with Jabatan Alam Sekitar
f) Application for Supply of Electricity from TNB.
g) Others application and necesarry form to comply with regulation and authorities
requirement for completion of the project.
2.0.15 All electrical works shall be coordinated with the builder’s works for implementation of the
Industrialized Building System (IBS) including Modular Coordination (MC). The Contractor
shall appoint an IBS M&E coordinator to produce a coordination drawing (checked and
certified by a consultant) with all services and to manage the implementation of the project.
The Contractor shall use ‘Manual Pelaksanaan IBS Bagi Kerja - Kerja Elektrik Jan 2016’ as
a guideline for IBS installation for electrical works.
2.0.16 All progress payment submitted to JKR shall be checked and certified by a Consultant
(Principal) to prove that the work has been done by the contractor as per contract. Declaration
of progress payment recommendations by the Consultant shall be submitted to P.D’s
Representative. Joint inspections by the contractor, consultant and P.D’s Representative
shall be conducted to finalize the progress payment.
2.0.17 All energy, water, fuel, gas etc. consumed during the testing and commissioning period shall
be borne by the Contractor. The first full tank supply of fuel, gas, water etc. and any start-up
packs required shall be provided by the Contractor after successful commissioning of the
installations for the handing over of the project.
2.0.18 All works processes shall comply to JKR Sistem Pengurusan Bersepadu.
2.0.19 The contractor shall submit product and material samples to be used in the project complete
with all applicable SPB documents to P.D’s Representative for approval. before commencing
the construction

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 7 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
3.0 GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENT, RULES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
3.0.1 The contractor shall submit product and material samples to be used in the project complete
with The design shall be up to date with consideration of future development, costsaving in
term of operation and maintenance, easy and safe operation and maintenance and in line
with the requirements and purpose of the works.
3.0.2 The design of the entire system, all works performed, all materials and equipment supplied
shall comply with the rules and regulations, circulars, laws and by-laws of and be carried out
in accordance with the following:
a) Energy Commission - Suruhanjaya Tenaga and to fulfill the operability and

b) Malaysian Communications & Multimedia Commission (MCMC) - Suruhanjaya
Komunikasi & Multimedia Malaysia.
c) Department of Environment (DOE) - Jabatan Alam Sekitar.
d) Fire & Rescue Department of Malaysia - Jabatan Bomba & Penyelamat Malaysia.
e) Department of Occupational Safety & Health - Jabatan Keselamatan & Kesihatan
Pekerjaan.
f) Ministry of International Trade & Industry – Kementerian Perdagangan Antarabangsa &
Industri.
g) Garis Panduan dan Peraturan bagi Perancangan Bangunan oleh Jawatankuasa
Standard Dan Kos (EPU JPM) Edisi 2015.
h) The Electricity Supply Act 1990.
i) The Electricity Regulation 1994.
j) MS 1184 Universal Design and Accessibility in the built environment-Code of Pratices.
k) Garis Panduan Pemasangan HVLS Fan (High Volume Low Speed Fan) Untuk Projek
Kerajaan Di Bawah Kendalian JKR.
l) MS, MS IEC, IEC, BS EN, BS and/or EN standard.
m) Uniform Building By-Laws 1984.
n) The relevant codes of practice issued by SIRIM.
o) Treasury Circulars – Arahan Perbendaharaan
p) Local Authority, utility provider or Licensee and other authorities having jurisdiction over
the works.
q) Ketua Pengarah Kerja Raya / Pengarah Kanan CKE Circulars.
3.0.3 All design, installations and equipment offered shall be safe, economical, energy saving,
maintainable and functional to the user. The design shall be done and certified by qualified
and competent consultants in the relevant fields. They shall be free from any defects,
shortcoming or wastefulness in terms of every aspect which covers installation, operation,
maintenance, safety, security, aesthetic etc. as well as related to cost. Design calculations
and study report shall be submitted together with the submission/proposal.
3.0.4 All designs shall also follow the relevant JKR Specifications, JKR Technical Circulars and
JKR best engineering practices (where applicable). Sport lighting design shallrefer BS EN
12193. In any instances that JKR specification is not available, the Contractor shall prepare
and submit the necessary specifications to the P.D/P.D’s Representative for approval. The
specification shall be comprehensively clear and shall cover every aspect of the work.

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 8 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
3.0.5 If the material offered in the contract failed to meet the requirement of this needs statement,
P.D/P.D’s Representative has the right to instruct the contractor to replace with a suitable
brand or model in order to meet the requirements without any additional cost to thecontract.
3.0.6 All luminaires, loudspeaker, CCTV and other fittings shall not sit on the ceiling structure but
shall be securely suspended from the floor slabs or beams of roof trusses by means of
suspension rods, brass chains or galvanized steel wires. Method statement shall be
submitted to the consultant for approval prior to installation.
4.0 EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP AND SCHEDULES OF WORKS
4.0.1 All materials, equipment and accessories for electrical and other services, shall be suitable
for the function and environment where they are to be installed/used. They shall be suitable
for the local electricity supply system of 400 V, 3-phase, 50 Hz / 230 V, 1-phase, 50 Hz without
resorting to the use of adaptors or step-down/step-up transformers. Special precautions and
steps shall be taken to reduce the harmonics and electromagnetic couplingeffects produced
by the equipment to minimum levels such that the operation of the other equipment will not
be adversely affected.
4.0.2 All materials, equipment, plants etc. installed in the project shall be new, unused, good quality
reputable make and availability of local service agents with good after sale service and
approved by the relevant authorities and acceptable by the P.D/P.D’s Representative
including for rewiring/refurbish/upgrading works. They shall be free from any defects,
shortcoming and wastefulness in terms of installation, operation, maintenance, safety,
security, aesthetic etc.
4.0.3 Equipment susceptible to surges and voltage variations shall be equipped with suitable Surge
Protective Device systems. Where necessary, the equipment shall be compatible with or
supplied with the necessary accessories/adaptors for the Information Technology System to
be installed.
4.0.4 All equipment provided shall be of energy efficient type. The requirements to fulfill JKR
Electrical Material Approved List (EMAL) shall apply for the relevant materials and equipment
and can be accessed from JKR website. A schedule of proposed brands and specific model
numbers for all materials and equipment shall be prepared and submitted as in Schedule I.
Contractor shall propose only one (1) brand.
4.0.5 All cabling and wiring, whether for electrical or other services, shall be in concealed GS
conduits / Hot Dipped galvanized trunkings/ Perforated Hot Dipped galvanized cable trays/
Hot Dipped galvanized cable ladders. Material used for conduit/trunking/tray/ladders shall
comply with JKR Specifications.
4.0.6 The colour identification bands shall be painted on the conduits and trunkings as per JKR
Specifications.
4.0.7 Wiring in surface GS conduits or by other methods is not allowed unless prior approval of the
P.D/P.D’S Representative is obtained.

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 9 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
4.0.8 All cables and current carrying conductors shall be of copper type. All cabling and wiring
installed for electrical services shall be supervised and tested by a competent person as
mentioned in Borang A1 (Orang Kompeten yang bertanggungjawab bagi penyeliaan dan
penyiapan kerja pemasangan elektrik) and Borang A2 (Orang Kompeten yang
bertanggungjawab bagi pengujian pemasangan elektrik) prior to the cable termination of DB,
SSB, MSB, etc.
4.0.9 All works shall be of best engineering practices and shall be carried out and supervised by
qualified, competent and skilled personnel.
4.0.10 Detail schedules of works indicating the sequence of design, preparation of drawings,
fabrication, construction, execution, installation, testing and commissioning etc. of eachtype
of installations and works shall be submitted within one month after the award of the Contract.
Proper Inspection Testing Plan (for electrical works) shall be attached with the submission.
4.0.11 A detail schedule of prices for the major equipment and works shall also be submitted
together with the schedules of works.
4.0.12 The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Tender Sum Analysis as Schedule A together
with Work Program.
4.0.13 For the major equipment such as distribution transformers, medium voltage switchgear,
generator sets, switchboard and distribution board, the Contractor shall provide
manufacturer’s shop drawing to be checked and approved by appointed Consultant and
submitted to P.D/P.D’s Representatives for endorsement prior purchase / fabrication. The
Contractor shall arrange and provide all expenses for a total of four (4) representatives (P.D’s
Representatives) to witness the performance/load tests either locally or at some other
locations having the testing facilities or at the country of the origin. Test and Inspection
procedures and format for recording the test result shall be submitted not later the one month
before the scheduled test/inspection. The types of tests to be carried out shall be as in JKR
best practices.
5.0 ELECTRICAL SERVICES
5.0.1 The Contractor shall comply with license requirement of providing 33kV / 11kV / 400V main
intake substation wherever required by the utility provider or Licensee.
5.0.2 All medium, low voltage electrical installations and telecommunication installations, including
any portion of the works required to be handed over to the utility provider or Licensee, shall
deem to be included in the Contract. The Contractor shall deem to have agreed and finalized
with the utility provider or Licensee, before submitting his tender, regarding the scope of work
required on him for the connection of power supply / telecommunication services. Any
variation to this scope of work shall deem to be includedin the Contract.
5.0.3 The contribution/fee to the utility provider or Licensee for the connection of power
supply/telecommunication services to the project shall be borne by the Government.
However, any contribution/fee or appointment of third party required for works deemed to be
included in the Contract as mentioned above, but been carried out by the utility provider or
Licensee or by others, shall be borne by the Contractor.
CAWANGAN KEJURUTERAAN ELEKTRIK

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 10 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
5.0.4 All equipment and plants supplied shall be completed with full set of original operation,
warranty card, maintenance and servicing instruments and tools.
5.0.5 The dimension and available space for every switch room/genset/electrical control room, riser
etc shall consider maintainable and operational of the system. The contractor shall made an
illustration of the switchboard, distribution board, generator set equipment and proposal
layout during the stage for head of design team acknowledgement.
5.0.6 Electrical system installation for standard government building such as quarters shall follow
latest ‘Garis Panduan dan Peraturan bagi Perancangan Bangunan’ Guidelines latest version.
Each unit of quarters, shop lot, cafeteria, canteen and areas to be privatized (as required by
the user) shall be provided with separate utility provider or Licensee metres. Unless instructed
otherwise, the rest of the project shall be equipped with bulk metreed at the utility provider or
Licensee supply voltage. Approval from utility provider or Licensee shall be obtained before
installation has been carried out.
5.0.7 Any other external works required or requested by the utility provider or Licensee orrequired
for fully functional of the Complex such as new road access, infrastructure works, road
lighting, traffic light etc, for the connection of the electricity supply / Extra Low Voltage (ELV)
/ Information and Communication Technology (ICT) services to the project project shall
deemed to be included in the Contract.
5.1 Electrical Systems
5.1.1 Medium Voltage System
5.1.1.1 Medium Voltage System shall include but not limited to (33/11kV) System. If there is a
requirement by utility provider or Licensee for 33kV installation/facility, it shall be confirmed
and included in the tender submission. The entire medium voltage system shall be equipped
with Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) and connected tothe overall
monitoring system of the complex. The 33kV medium voltage electrical reticulation system
shall consist of the following:-
a) 33kV MV GIS metal-enclosed switchgearand to fulfill the operability and

b) 33/11kV power transformer.
c) 33/11kV bus section.
d) 11kV MV AIS metal-enclosed switchgear.
e) 33kV MV cable from 33kV MV GIS metal-enclosed switchgear to 33/11kV power
transformer.
f) 11/0.433kV distribution transformer.
g) 11kV cable from 33/11kV power transformer to 11kV MV AIS metal-enclosed
switchgear.
h) 11kV cable from 11kV MV AIS metal-enclosed switchgear to new sub-station.
i) Battery charger.
j) Neutral Earth Resistor (NER)
k) Earthing for 33kV MV GIS metal-enclosed switchgear, 33/11kV distribution transformer,
11kV MV AIS metal-enclosed switchgear and etc. (perimetre, earthingfor Pencawang
Pembahagi Utama (PPU) and substation, neutral earth and frame earth).

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 11 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
5.1.1.2 The 33kV metal-enclosed switchgear equipment specified herein shall be suitable for
operation on a 3-phase, 50Hz system of nominal voltage 33kV. The system highest voltage
is ±5% in excess of the minimal voltage. The 33kV system neutral is resistance earthed.
The design 3-phase fault level prospective short circuit current 25 KVA at 33 kVat 3 sec
meet the requirement of the utility provider or Licensee.
5.1.1.3 The 33/11kV power transformers shall be suitable for conditions operation on a 3-phase
50 Hz medium voltage system at the voltage specified and, unless specifically stated
otherwise, the neutral earthing conditions for these systems will be as follows:
Voltage Neutral Earth

a) 0.4kV Solidly earthed
b) 11kV Solid earth
c) 33kV Resistance earth
5.1.1.4 The 11kV medium voltage electrical reticulation systems shall be complete with vacuum circuit
breakers (withdrawable type), 11/0.433kV distribution transformers, underground armoured
cables protection systems, etc. The system shall have a minimum of two sources of incoming
supply for high risk buildings such as such as hospital, airport, army camp, police
contingent/district, prison complex, navy/marine base etc. or as required by the clients. The
internal reticulation system shall form a ring circuit to ensure reliability of electricity supply.
The 11kV metal enclose switchgear vacuum circuit breaker (VCB) including busbar, cable and
VCB compartment shall equipped with arc sensor, integratedwith microprocessor based
overcurrent and earth fault protection relay.
5.1.1.5 All medium voltage underground armoured cables shall be of copper and XLPE insulated
types. However, for those equipment and cables which will be handed over to the utility
provider or Licensee, they shall be of the approved types.
5.1.1.6 The transformers shall be of low loss cast resin dry type complying with MS IEC 60076-1.
The transformer rating shall not be greater than 2000kVA. If the transformer rating
exceeding 2000kVA required in the design, fault level for switchboard shall be calculated
and implemented in the design.
5.1.1.7 The transformer loadings shall not exceed 70% of rated capacity under normal conditions.
The choice of transformer sizes shall take into consideration harmonics as well as current
and future fault levels. There shall be included fan for forced cooling of the transformer.
5.1.1.8 All parametres/features of cast resin dry type transformer shall comply as per JKR
Specification for 11 kV Dry-Type Distribution Transformers (L-S17).
5.1.1.9 The transformer test to be carried out shall cover for routine test, type test and special test
as mentioned as per JKR Specification for 11 kV Dry-Type Distribution Transformers (L-
S17).
5.1.1.10 Adequate ventilation system (natural and/or force) shall be provided for the MV switch room
and Transformer Room to maintain the room at a suitable temperature during operation of
the equipment to avoid overheating.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 12 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
5.1.1.11 Medium voltage switchgears installed shall be of the type suitable for remote monitoring and
switching equipped with microprocessor based IDMT relays protection (complete with alarm
for audio visual indication in the event of relay failure) and Remote Supervisory Panel. The
MV metal-enclosed switchgears shall be extensible type at both ends.
5.1.1.12 All other medium voltage related works for the project (if any, whether to be handed over
to the utility provider or not) shall be included in the Contract. The Contractor shall comply
with the requirement of the utility provider or Licensee.
5.1.2 Low Voltage System
5.1.2.1 Distribution System
5.1.2.1.1 The project shall be provided with non-essential supply, essential supply and emergency
supply systems. Under normal situation, these systems shall obtain power supply from the
mains of the electricity utility provider or Licensee. However, in case of mains power failure,
the essential system shall obtain supply from the standby generator sets while the
emergency supply system obtains supply from the UPS and standby generator sets. Hence
switchboards, distribution boards and consumer units designed shall accommodate the
following:
a) Main Switch Boards (minimum type form 4B):and to fulfill the operability and
- Separate boards for essential supply and non-essential supply.
- Generally, self-contained, floor mounted, front and rear access.
b) Sub Switch Boards (minimum type form 2B):

- Separate sub switchboards for essential supply and non-essential supply as well
as lighting, power and mechanical services.
- Generally, self-contained, floor mounted, front and rear access/self-contained,
floor mounted, front access/wall mounted type based on design requirement, size
and weight of switchboard, space at switch room, accessibility to competent
person etc. to comply with regulation and guidelines stated.
c) Distribution Boards:
- Separate distribution boards for essential supply and non-essential supply
namely lighting, power and mechanical services shall be provided. Separate
distribution board shall also be provided for staircase lightings, common corridors
lightings and external facade lightings etc. Maximum number of ways for SPN
and TPN DB (including 20% spare) shall be 14 and 8 respectively. TheDB shall
be of maximum 14 Way SPN and 8 Way TPN.
5.1.2.1.2 Manufacturer’s shop drawing of Switchboard and Distribution Board shall be checked and
approved by the Consultant and submitted to P.D’s Representative for comments prior to
fabrication.
5.1.2.1.3 All parametres/features of Switchboard, Distribution Board and Consumer Units shall
follow and comply as per JKR Specifications.
5.1.2.1.4 Fireman switches shall be installed as per requirement of the latest version of Uniform
Building By-Laws 1984 and approved by Jabatan Bomba & Penyelamat Malaysia.
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 13 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
5.1.2.1.5 All switchboards and distribution boards must be placed into dedicated fully enclosed
electrical service rooms and not be placed in exposed areas. There shall be no wateror
liquid pathway, sources and outlets above the electrical service rooms. This includeswaste
water pipes, chilled water pipes, hot water pipes, rain water down pipes etc.
5.1.2.1.6 Every building block shall have its own switchboard. Each floor of a building shall have its
own distribution boards. For computer room requirement e.g. Data centre, computer lab,
server room, separate distribution board shall be provided (separate for power and
mechanical services). DBs located at public/exposed areas are not allowed.
5.1.2.1.7 All switchboards, feeder pillar, distribution boards and consumer units shall be
incorporated with appropriate types of earth fault, over current and surge protections. The
distribution boards and consumer units for power circuit shall be protected by 30mA
sensitivity RCCB and lighting circuit shall be protected by 100mA sensitivity RCCB. RCCBs
sensitivity for workstation/computer working areas shall be adjusted accordingly based on
residual current calculation). For TPN DB (Lighting/Power/Air- condition) shall be 3 nos.
DP RCCB for each phase.
5.1.2.1.8 All switchboards shall have at least 30% spare capacity for future extension. All distribution
boards shall have at least 20% spare capacity for future extension.
5.1.2.1.9 For earth fault protection, earth leakage relay (ELR) shall be used if the circuit breaker
rating at 250A and below. For rating 250A above, earth fault relay (EFR) shall be used.
5.1.2.1.10 Circuit breakers for all incoming from utility company, transformer, standby generator sets
shall be 4 poles, 3-phase, 50Hz.
5.1.2.1.11 Circuit breakers for incoming or outgoing feeder with rating more than 800A shall be of
ACB type and installed at 1000mm height from the base plate of switchboard.
5.1.2.1.12 All outgoing circuit using underground cable to switchboard/DB at different block from the
supply switchboard is located shall be provided with earth fault/earth leakage relay
(EFR/ELR).
5.1.2.1.13 All incoming breaker at Main Switch Board (Non-essential MSB and Essential MSB) shall
be provided with the microprocessor based overcurrent and earth fault protection relay
IDMT type c/w RS 485 communication port.
5.1.2.1.14 The non-essential, essential and emergency circuits shall be easily identifiable and clearly
labelled. The electrical systems shall be designed with the highest degree of reliability and
safety by providing alternate circuits, separate circuits, limiting the number of loads/outlet
points to be connected to a final circuit etc.
5.1.2.1.15 The power monitoring for the incomers shall be microprocessor based and capable of
monitoring all the important electrical parametres including harmonic. It shall also capable
of logging and communicating with remote station and can be integrated with the central
supervisory system.
5.1.2.1.16 The main switchboards for the major installations such as air conditioning systems,
ventilation systems, etc. shall be installed with automatic power factor correction
equipment such that the power factor of the installations shall be not less than 0.85
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 14 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
lagging at any load conditions. The power factor correction equipment shall be of free-
standing panel type, independent of the main switchboard panel.
5.1.2.1.17 The power factor regulator shall be set at circulating mode, switching sequence as per
design. The capacitor banks shall be of various suitable capacities such that any of the
capacitor banks can be switched onto the electrical system depending on the
requirements at the particular time. All motors shall have their own power factor
correction capacitors. The design of power factor correction equipment boards shall as
per JKR Specifications.
5.1.2.2 Wiring and Cabling
5.1.2.2.1 Non-essential, essential and emergency circuits shall not share the same
conduit/trunking/tray/ladder and clearly labelled to indicate the circuits. The installation
shall be as follows:
a) For submain circuits:

i) trunking/tray/ladder for non-essential circuit.
ii) trunking/tray/ladder for essential circuit.
iii) trunking/tray/ladder for mechanical non-essential circuit.
iv) trunking/tray/ladder for mechanical essential circuit.
v) trunking/tray/ladder for emergency circuit (UPS).
b) For final circuits:

i) trunking for lightings and power (non-essential supply).
ii) conduit for lightings (non-essential supply).
iii) conduit for power (non-essential supply).
iv) trunking/ for lightings and power (essential supply).
v) conduit for lightings (non-essential supply).
vi) conduit for power (non-essential supply).
vii) trunking/conduit for mechanical services (non-essential supply).
viii) trunking/conduit for mechanical services (essential supply).
ix) trunking/conduit for emergency circuits (UPS).
5.1.2.2.2 All cable ladder/tray/trunking/conduit used shall comply as per JKR Specification.
5.1.2.2.3 All submain cables shall be dedicatedly from outgoing breaker at SSB to incoming
breaker at DB.
5.1.2.2.4 All submains for essential load eg. Lift Motor Room, Automatic Main Failure (AMF)
Board, Fire Fighting Panel shall be of Mineral Insulated Mineral Sheathed Copper
Conductor (MIMS) cable.
5.1.2.2.5 All non-essential submains and rising mains shall be of copper cable. If submains and
rising mains rated greater than 300A and the building is more than 4 storey, pre-
fabricated busbar trunking with accessories/fittings from the same manufacturer shallbe
used. The design/parametres/features of busbar trunking system shall as per JKR
Specifications.
5.1.2.2.6 The electrical system wiring shall be either surfaced conduit wiring or concealed conduit
wiring and shall comply with MS IEC 60364-5-52.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 15 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
5.1.2.2.7 The types of conduit used shall be as follows;
a) Galvanized Steel (GS) conduits for:

i) surfaced conduit wiring.
ii) concealed conduit wiring.
iii) in ceiling space and roof area with concealed conduit for down drop.
b) Rigid High Impact PVC type grade Heavy Duty Code No. 4421 for:
i) conduit fully buried in the wall and in the concrete ceiling/soffit of slab.
ii) coastal areas as defined in JKR Specifications.
iii) inside the chemical area.
iv) concealed conduit for IT horizontal cabling.
5.1.2.2.8 All electrical riser opening on the concrete slab shall be provided with minimum 50mm
height concrete kerb around the opening and filled with fire barriers.
5.1.2.2.9 All electrical riser room door shall be provided with minimum 50mm height concrete kerb.
5.1.2.3 Selection of Light Fittings and Accessories
5.1.2.3.1 The illumination levels shall generally be in accordance with the IES Codes, CIBSE
(Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers) Code for Interior Lighting and
Lighting Guide 3 (LG3) and the current Malaysia Code of Practice MS 825 and MS ISO
8995.
5.1.2.3.2 The lighting systems shall be designed by arrangement of alternating circuits, proper
grouping of lighting switches and separate switching for luminaries along the windows.
This is to control the lighting level by switching off the necessary light fittings if necessary.
Thus, the concept of energy saving and efficiency shall be considered inthe lighting
system design as per Penarafan Hijau JKR or MyCREST. Refer Schedule K.
5.1.2.3.3 All types of lightings shall accommodate complex inter-relationship with other elements
of the buildings such as reflection and colour of surfaces, variation in background
surfaces, configuration of walls and roof, location of structural supports etc. Natural
daylight shall be optimized after take into account the direct sunlight effect, discomfort
glare, heat absorption, stable & uniform levels of lightings etc by usage of rooflight,
glazing control, screening layers, automatic black out blinds, automatic dimmings,
building orientation etc.
5.1.2.3.4 Energy Efficiency lamps shall be installed with Correlated Colour Temperature (CCT)
of approximately 4000 - 6500K with Colour Rendering Index (CRI) 80-89. External street
lighting, compound lighting and flood light shall be of Energy Efficient type. Indoor lighting
shall be energy efficiency light fitting eg. LED, Fluorescent T5, Compact CFL etc.
5.1.2.3.5 Type of lighting shall be suitable with ceiling type, room function and building location.
Unless otherwise specified, plaster ceiling shall be provided with downlight and indirect
lighting bare channel tube or LED strip (if using multiple layer of plaster ceiling).
Suspended ceiling shall be provided with recessed light fittings. Wall/ceiling Decorative
lighting (ID) shall be provided at multipurpose hall, auditorium, gallery, main entrance,
VIP areas, Director Offices and any rooms/spaces involved in ID works. The layout
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 16 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
drawing submitted shall be based on the ceiling pattern layout. Step light shall be
provided at Auditorium etc.
5.1.2.3.6 Insects killer fitting shall be installed at kitchen, cafeteria, dining hall, mortuary and any
other suitable areas.
5.1.2.3.7 Method of installation of light fittings shall as per JKR Specifications.
5.1.2.3.8 The obstruction light shall be installed at the highest point of the building more than 5
storey or 30m in height and connected to the essential supply source and shall be
operated by suitable type of switch and accordance with Civil Aviation Authority of
Malaysia (CAAM) requirement.
5.1.2.3.9 Light fittings (IP54) for maintenance purpose inside lift pit and lift shaft shall be provided
with switches (IP54). Weatherproof lighting switches (IP54) shall also be provided at wet
areas, exposed areas, cold room, light fitting luminaire inside lift corepit etc, where
necessary. Step light shall be provided at Auditorium etc.
5.1.2.3.10 Exit lights with three hours battery reserve shall be provided for all areas for easy
emergency exit purpose approved by Jabatan Bomba dan Penyelamat Malaysia.
Suitable self-contained LED Emergency lights with sufficient lighting level for normal
operation and with minimum three hours battery reserve shall be installed in staircase,
public area, electrical switch rooms, telecommunication closet rooms, riser rooms and
other rooms / areas approved by Jabatan Bomba dan Penyelamat Malaysia. Recessed
type of emergency lights shall be provided at suspended/plaster ceiling areas while
surface type of emergency lights shall be provided at fixed ceiling or non-ceiling areas.
5.1.2.3.11 The common corridor, public areas, glass wall areas etc. shall have two levels of
illuminance (evening/night) such that after midnight, the lighting can be reduced to a
lower level.
5.1.2.3.12 The switching of these lights shall be by automatic battery-operated time switches and
manual override or by other appropriate methods or sensors. Depending on the functions
of the departments/areas, some of the light fittings shall be connected to the essential
circuits.
5.1.2.4 Selection of Fans
5.1.2.4.1 Depending on the layout and design of the rooms/areas, ceiling fans shall be provided
generally one unit per 10sq. metre area, for all non air-conditioned areas/rooms suchas
office areas, waiting areas, reception areas, work areas, rest rooms, workshops etc.
Ceiling fans shall also be provided for all living rooms, dorms, dining rooms and
bedrooms in the Quarters. Auto fans shall be installed in rooms or dorms when they
provide double decker bed. Wall fans shall be installed in places where ceiling fans are
not suitable.
5.1.2.4.2 For wide non air-conditioned areas such as Multi-Purpose Hall etc, industrial wall fan
with suitable/minimum operated decibel (dB) shall be provided.
5.1.2.4.3 All ceiling fans shall be energy saving type and shall incorporate safety thermal fuse and
safety wire rope system as per JKR Specifications.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 17 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
5.1.2.4.4 Ventilation (Exhaust) fans with auto shutter shall be installed in non air-conditioned halls,
gathering areas, printing rooms, switch rooms, toilets and other areas where proper air
changes and ventilation are required. Depending on the functions of the areas/rooms
some of the fans shall be connected to the essential circuits whereessential supply is
provided. The wiring for the ventilation fans in toilets shall be interlocked with the lighting
switches.
5.1.2.4.5 High Volume Low Speed (HVLS) Fan shall be provided in a large open venues or spaces
e.g. mosque, multipurpose hall, roof arcade, etc. HVLS Fan shall comply with latest IEC,
UL, ANSI/ACMA standards and its installation shall be in accordance with Garis Panduan
Pemasangan HVLS Fan untuk Projek Kerajaan di bawah kendalian JKR.
5.1.2.5 Power Points
5.1.2.5.1 Sufficient number power points of suitable types and ratings shall be provided for all
equipment and plants to be installed. Each equipment shall have its own power point and
no two equipment shall share the same power point.
5.1.2.5.2 In addition to the power points connected to the non-essential supply, a sufficient number
of power points connected to the essential supply from the standby generator sets and
emergency supply from the UPS shall be installed.
5.1.2.5.3 The number of 13A 3pin switched socket outlets (SSO) provided in the project shall be
not less than in the standard of practice. A sufficient number of power points shall be
provided for ICT and ELV equipments.
5.1.2.5.4 The minimum number of 13A 3pin SSO to be installed in the following areas shall be as
below:
Area No of Power Point

a) Office areas 3 per workstation / 4 per room (per person)
b) Corridor 1 per 5 metre
c) General store room 1 per room
d) Plant room 2 per room
e) IT point 2 per IT Point
5.1.2.5.5 Sufficient number of 13A 3pin SSO shall be provided at the strategic areas external and
internal for the usage of necessary equipment such as floor polishing machine, vending
machine etc.
5.1.2.5.6 Sparkless 13A 3pin SSO shall be provided for Stor Peluru, Stor Senjata, Bengkel
Senjata, Stor Light Strike Force, hazardous room etc.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 18 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
5.1.2.5.7 Height of switches and SSO shall be in accordance with MS 1184. Wiring for 13A 3 pin
SSO shall be in radial circuit as per Table 1 and Table 2.
Circuit MCB Cable (mm2) Max. Nos. of SSO

13A SSO (Ring)* 32A 2.5 10
13A SSO (Radial) 32A 4.0 6
*Wiring for 13A 3 pin SSO in ring circuit shall ONLY be allowed for computer
workstation for Makmal Komputer, Server Room, Data Centre, Laboratory, etc.
Table 1: Nos of 13A 3 pin SSO for Ring and Radial Circuit.
Circuit Cable (mm2) CPC Cable (mm2)

Lamp and Fan 1.5 1.5
SSO (Ring) 2.5 2.5
SSO (Radial) 4.0 4.0
Air Conditioning Point 4.0 4.0
Table 2: Sizing for circuit and CPC cable.
Whenever 15A 3 pin SSO required there only 1 no of SSO with per circuit. 16A SP
MCB and 2.5 sqmm. cable.
For air conditioning point wiring with 2.5hp and below, there is 1 no of 15A SSO per
circuit with 32A SPN MCB and 4 sqmm. cable.
5.1.2.5.8 In general, switches, switched socket outlets and unswitched socket outlets that are
connected to non-essential supply, emergency supply and essential supply shall follow
the colour scheme for switches and socket outlet as per JKR Specifications. For rooms
with Interior Design (ID) elements such as conference room, meeting room, auditorium,
VIP room and any other special room, the faceplate colour of switches and 13A 3 pin
SSO socket outlet shall suit the wall/furniture finished colour.
5.1.2.5.9 Isolators of suitable types and ratings shall be provided for all equipment and plants
according to the rated load. The isolators shall be connected to either non-essential or
essential power supply in accordance with the Mechanical’s Need Statement
requirement. Earth Fault/Earth Leakage Relay shall be provided at upstream MCCB in
the Switchboards. Isolators of suitable types and ratings shall be provided for all
equipment and plants according to the rated load. The isolators shall be connected to
either non-essential or essential power supply in accordance with the Mechanical’s Need
Statement requirement. Earth Fault/Earth Leakage Relay shall be provided at upstream
MCCB in the Switch boards.
5.1.2.5.10 Sufficient number of power points/isolators of suitable type and ratings shall be provided
at the external and internal strategic areas for equipment such as remote- controlled
electric gate, pump of the fountain and ponds etc.
5.1.2.5.11 Sufficient number of power points/isolators of suitable type and ratings shall be provided
for maintenance purposes.
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 19 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
5.1.2.5.12 Switched socket outlet for hand dryer shall be provided at toilets, washing area
(cafeteria/dining hall) etc.
5.1.2.5.13 All power points and switches shall be properly and permanently labelled with the circuit
number.
5.1.2.5.14 Water heater point shall be provided with a Residual Current Circuit Breaker (RCCB)
device of sensitivity not exceeding 10mA, 20A double pole switch with indicator light and
45A connection unit.
5.1.2.6 External Low Voltage Electrical Installation
5.1.2.6.1 Light fittings, switches, power points, switchboards, distribution boards and other
equipment installed at the external areas shall be of weather-proof, dust-proof and
vermin-proof type with minimum IP54.
5.1.2.6.2 Street/compound lighting poles shall be of hot dipped galvanized steel pole flanged type
c/w precast concrete plinth. Concrete plinth design shall be endorsed by a Civil and
Structure Professional Engineer with Practicing Certificate. Poles can also be of
reinforced concrete type, diecast aluminium pole etc.
5.1.2.6.3 All external service mains, distribution mains, submains, final circuits, control cables etc.
shall be of underground armoured cables.
5.1.2.6.4 A proper ducting and precast manhole systems shall be provided for the underground
cables at road crossings or other locations to minimize excavation required during
installation, inspection, testing and maintenance purposes. Only HDPE PN10 pipe or
heavy-duty uPVC Class D ducts or G.I pipe Class B shall be used. All precast manhole
location for electrical services shall be coordinated and not be placed at on the road
surface area.
5.1.2.6.5 Feeder pillar for external lighting with IP54 rating shall be of electro galvanized sheet
steel. For coastal area installation, oven baked powder coated stainless steel shall be
used as per JKR Specifications.
5.1.2.6.6 External lighting installations shall consist of Street Lighting, Compound Lighting,
Approach Lighting (outside boundary), Perimetre Lighting, Padang Kawad Lighting
Garden/Landscape Lighting, Sport Lighting, Court Lighting, Area Floodlighting, Security
Lighting, Fence Lighting, Facade Lighting, Signage Lighting (Fencing/Building), Fountain
and Ponds Lighting. Street lighting for the approach roads for the project shall be
proposed and is subjected to approval by JKR or Local Authorities during the proposal
review.
5.1.2.6.7 Compound lighting and street lighting shall be provided for the compound areas and
internal roads of the project, respectively. The compound lighting shall be mounted on
decorative concrete poles, die-cast aluminium poles or hot dipped galvanized poles
with a minimum of 3.5 metre height. The streetlight shall be mounted on hot dipped
galvanized poles with a minimum of 8 metre height.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 20 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
5.1.2.6.8 Suitable path lighting with LED/CFL lamps shall be provided in the parks and gardens
and at the walk paths. Suitable lightings shall also be provided for guard house, signage,
fountain and ponds, decorative fencing etc, if any. Area flood light shall be provided
where necessary.
5.1.2.6.9 Generally, the spacing between the poles shall not exceed three times the mounting
height of the pole. The lamps for the light fittings shall be of HPSV or LED type. The
illumination level on the ground or the road surface shall be not less than 15 lux. The
lumens level for street lighting shall not be less than 1.0 cd/m2.
5.1.2.6.10 Suitable lighting with Metal Halide or LED lamps shall be provided for game courts
such as tennis courts, badminton courts, volleyball courts etc. The light fittings shall be
on lighting poles with climbing rungs and easy maintenance features etc. The Lux level
shall be obtained by referring to BS EN 12193.
5.1.2.6.11 For open areas such as assembly points, dataran kawad, etc., the outdoor lighting shall
be of hot-dipped galvanized motorized high mast or collapsible pole type. The high mast
or pole shall be with metal halide floodlight or LED floodlight.
5.1.2.6.12 All external compound/street/flood/path lightings shall be provided with battery operated
time switches including automatic and manual switching (two timer withalternate circuit).
The lighting systems shall be designed allowing for the lighting levels can be reduced
after mid-night. The contractor shall also comply to Energy Efficiency Checklist in the
Schedule K. For maintenance purposes, the feeder pillar shall be equipped with 1 no
14W (T5) Fluorescent light and 1 no. SSO tapped from the supply before the incoming
breaker.
5.1.2.6.13 Facade lighting consisting of LED RGB floodlight (directional lights), LED RGB linear
lighting, LED Wall Washer etc. shall be provided to enhance the facade of the buildings.
These lights shall be centrally controlled and programmable.
5.1.2.6.14 Installation of road lighting luminaires shall comply to the JKR Specifications.
5.1.2.7 Lightning Protection System (LPS)
5.1.2.7.1 LPS using copper conductors shall comply and in accordance with MS IEC 62305 and
IEC 62561 and JKR Specifications. An aesthetically pleasing LPS shall be designed.
5.1.2.7.2 The contractor shall perform lightning risk assessment to determine the Class of
Lightning protection level of the building. Regardless of the heights, buildings and
structures required to be protected due to security, safety locations on high ground or
environmental requirements shall be provided with LPS.
5.1.2.7.3 The LPS shall consist of air termination system (ATS), down conductor and earth
termination system. For down conductor design, conventional copper conductor in heavy
duty PVC ducting or structure bonding method shall be used.
5.1.2.7.4 ATS shall be of surface mounted type and all other metal structures shall be bonded. Air
terminal shall be installed at corners and edges of the building.
5.1.2.7.5 Earth termination system of Type B shall be used.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 21 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
5.1.2.7.6 Earth electrodes shall be of 2 nos. 1500mm length with 16mm diametre copper jacketed
steel rod. The earth chambers shall be of heavy duty precast concrete.Testing joints shall
be provided at 2500mm height from floor level at every down conductor.
5.1.2.8 Earthing System
5.1.2.8.1 Main Earthing Bars (MEB) of appropriate size shall be provided for the Main Switch
Boards, Standby Generator Set and ICT system. The contractor shall install main
protective bonding to connect each MEB to MSB`s MEB including LPS as per JKR
Specifications.
5.1.2.8.2 For structure bonding method, all MEBs shall be bonded to the building reinforcement
as per JKR Specifications.
5.1.2.8.3 Earth electrodes shall be of 2 nos. 1500mm length with 16mm diametre copper jacketed
steel rod. The connection of the earthing conductor and/or the earth electrode to the
earth electrode shall be by exothermic welding as per JKR Specifications.
5.1.2.8.4 Earth chambers shall be of heavy-duty precast concrete and to be installed withfinished
ground level and be fully accessible.
5.1.2.8.5 The complete installation shall be inspected and tested to ensure that it complies with
the JKR Specifications and the Local Authorities requirement.
5.1.2.8.6 Allowance shall be made for disconnection or similar operations to satisfy the
requirements for testing etc and the reinstatement of the installation.
5.1.2.9 Surge Protective Devices
5.1.2.9.1 SPD shall be provided for the main electrical distribution system including switchboards,
distribution board and feeder pillar for all electronic equipment such as computers, PBX,
CCTV system, MATV system, card access system etc. which are susceptible to lightning
surges. The SPD shall be installed as per JKR Specification and shall be installed in
various locations in electrical distribution system and equipment installation.
5.1.2.9.2 All SPD installed in switchboards shall be totally compartmentalized with clear
transparent cover at immediate lower section where the incoming circuit breaker is
connected. Whereas separate SPD enclosure shall be installed for distribution boards.
5.1.2.9.3 The Contractor shall indicate the maximum discharge current (Imax), nominal discharge
current (In), voltage protection level (Up) and phase-to-neutral and neutral-to-earthmode
of protection in the design drawings.
5.1.2.9.4 The SPD shall be equipped with visual indicator showing the protection status of the SPD
as per JKR Specifications.
5.1.2.10 Standby Generator Set
5.1.2.10.1 The standby generator set of sufficient capacity shall be provided for the project to cater
for all emergency and essential loads in case of main power failure.
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 22 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
5.1.2.10.2 The standby generator set shall provide essential power supply to the fireman lifts,
firefighting systems, intruder alarm and security systems, equipment, staircase light and
any other essential systems as required by local authorities.
5.1.2.10.3 The standby generator set shall also provide essential supply to all essential equipment,
essential power points and lighting points in the service room such as switch room,
genset room, SDF room, PBX room, control room, exhibition areas, server room, etc.
and selected power and lighting points required in the applicable rooms.
5.1.2.10.4 The rating of each standby generator set shall include 30% spare capacity in additional
to the extra starting capacity required for the major motor loads. The rating capacity and
type of the standby generator set shall be of the ones available in the JKR Material
Approved List (JMAL).
5.1.2.10.5 The Contractor shall provide a standby generator set room with double layer brick wall
complete with full soffit slab with a minimum height of 4 metres (floor to soffit slab). The
room shall have no windows or opening except for acoustic door, Air Intake Silencer
(AIS), Air Discharge Silencer (ADS) and exhaust opening. Suitable size and strength of
concrete plinth shall be designed and constructed according to the rating of the generator
set. There shall be no water or liquid pathway, sources and outlets such as waste water,
chilled water, hot water sewerage, rainwater down pipes etc. at thesurrounding of the
standby generator set room.
5.1.2.10.6 Wall opening shall be provided for submain MIMS fire resistant cables on perforated hot
dipped galvanized cable tray from AMF board to EMSB.
5.1.2.10.7 Bund walls shall be erected around the service fuel tank. The containment volume size
shall be 110% of service fuel tank volume.
5.1.2.10.8 All parametres and features of standby generator sets and installation in the standby
generator set room shall follow as per JKR Specifications.
5.1.2.11 Uninterruptible Power Supply
5.1.2.11.1 UPS shall be installed to provide emergency power supply to critical services (other than
those provided under the ICT scope of works) such as power points in UPS Room,
Control Room, Menara Komunikasi, Security Systems etc and selected power points in
the other necessary areas required by clients.
5.1.2.11.2 shall be equipped with static bypass switch, 12 pulse rectifier/charger, maintenance
bypass switch, harmonic reduction facilities such as input harmonic filter trap, input
transformer/choke etc. in order to reduce the harmonics generated in both input circuit
and output circuit. .
5.1.2.11.3 The UPS shall be equipped with all necessary control, indication and alarm facilities, both
local and remote. The status of the UPS equipment shall be continuously monitoredby the
plant monitoring system.
5.1.2.11.4 The capacity of the UPS including the battery shall be sufficient for the present loads and
20% future loads. The battery capacity shall not be less than 30 minutes at the total
capacity of the UPS, including the future loads. The battery shall be of vented nickel
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 23 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
cadmium (Ni-Cad) type installed in a separate room adjacent to the UPS.
5.1.2.11.5 Mineral Insulated Mineral Sheathed Copper Conductor (MIMS) cable shall be used to
connect the UPS supply to the equipment.
5.1.2.11.6 The UPS shall be integrated and in parallel with the standby generator set. The UPS
rooms shall be 24 hours air-conditioned and the battery rooms shall be well ventilated.
5.1.2.12 Requirement for Anti Corrosive Type Installations
5.1.2.12.1 For installation at coastal areas, all material shall comply with JKR Specifications.
5.1.2.12.2 Installation at coastal areas is defined as below:
a) Within 3km from the coast:

i) Internal areas – in non air conditioned areas exposed to the natural air circulation,
the material used shall be of rust proof type, anti-corrosive type or specially treated.
ii) External areas - material used shall be of rust proof type, anti-corrosive type or
specially treated.
b) 3 km to 5 km from the coast or other areas deemed necessary:

i) Internal areas - no treatment necessary.
ii) External Areas - material used shall be of rust proof type, anti-corrosive type or
specially treated.
5.1.2.12.3 The material and installation cost and shall be included in the quoted prices.
5.1.2.13 Energy Efficiency
Please refer to the Appendix Energy Efficiency (EE).
6.0 JKR BUILDING INFORMATION MODELLING (BIM)
Please refer to the Appendix JKR Building Information Modelling (BIM).
7.0 EXTRA LOW VOLTAGE (ELV) SYSTEM
Please refer to the Appendix Extra Low Voltage System (ELV).
8.0 INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT) SYSTEM
Please refer to the Appendix Information and Communication Technology (ICT).
9.0 SPECIAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS
Please refer to Appendix Special Project Requirement.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 24 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
10.0 CENTRAL ELECTRICAL MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM
10.1 Central Control Room
10.1.1 The Central Control Room shall be used to monitor all the Mechanical and Electrical
services such as Fire Fighting, Fireman Intercom, Public Address System, Fireman
Emergency Announcement, Building Automation System, Central Electrical Monitoring and
Control System, Lift system etc.
10.1.2 Security control room shall be used to monitor Closed-Circuit TV (CCTV) system, Security
etc.
10.2 Central Electrical Monitoring and Control System
10.2.1 The system shall be able to control, monitor and capture data required to perform variables
logging for all the electrical equipment and services.
10.2.2 The system shall be able to link proprietary equipment from various manufacturers in
different hardware systems to a single system where connectivity between the various
hardware or system are possible.
10.2.3 Connectivity between the various hardware and system shall provide the ability to control
and monitor system parametres through direct means by push of a button or indirect means
as per event table or alarm table performing system management, environment monitoring,
data acquisition and logging and system integration. All alarms shall appear before the
operator in a multimedia format when the preset condition is reached regardless of the mode
the system is working. In the event that any particular hardware or system can be controlled
by both control buttons and by the system, it shall have the capability to set its priority as
defined by the user.
10.2.4 The system shall have a self-diagnostic capability to troubleshoot potential problem within
the hardware. As the system is designed mainly for maintenance purposes, it shall have a
summary of all the maintenance status in one file. The operator can easily go through the
summary to obtain the relevant information.
10.2.5 The system shall have a self-diagnostic capability to communicate with similar system,
network or remote communication (modem).
10.2.6 The graphical user interface (GUI) shall be user-friendly and menu driven for ease of
operation and shall have minimum requirement for training. Windows based software is
highly recommended for this purpose. Low level user operation is realized through a click
or touch of a button from a single screen. The system shall have at least three level of
access for different level of authorities protected by authorization code.
10.2.7 The system shall have layouts and graphical user interface for real time monitoring and can
be customized to meet user requirements. The system data can be stored and presented
in various format including database and graphical presentation as specified bythe user.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 25 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
10.2.8 The work covers the supply, delivery, installation, testing, commissioning, handing over and
maintenance thereafter for a period stated in the Conditions of Contract of thecomplete
system.
10.2.9 The Contractor shall obtain authorization for the necessary details of the hardware
equipment/system such as circuits and communication protocol from the hardware
supplier/vendor.
10.2.10 The extent of works and the system to be integrated are as follows:
ITEM SERVICES STATUS

A Medium Voltage System
i) Incoming VCB and Coupler - Open/Close Status & Monitor
Trip Alarm
ii) Feeder VCB - Open/Close Status, Trip Alarm, Monitor
Transformer High Temperature Warning Alarm,
Transformer High Temperature Trip Alarm.
iii) DPM/PQM – V, I, PF, Hz, kW, kWh, kW MD Capture & Display
(30mins), kVA, Harmonics (VTHD & ITHD) Trending of Variables
iv) Battery Charger – Charger (Normal Status/Fail Monitor
Alarm) and Battery (Normal Status/Low Alarm)
v) Transformer – 3 Phase Winding Temperature via Monitor
Temperature Controller communication port
B External Low Voltage System
i) Distribution Board for lighting Monitor & control
ii) Distribution Board for Power Mechanical Monitor
iii) Distribution Board for Compound Lighting (Supply Monitor & control
Status/Fail Alarm)
C Internal Low Voltage System
i) Main Switchboard
-Incoming & Outgoing Circuit Breaker’s On/Off Monitor
Status and Trip Alarm
-Coupler’s Open/Close Status Monitor
-DPM/PQM/PQA – V, I, PF, Hz, kW, kWh, kVA, Capture & Display
Harmonics (VTHD & ITHD) Trending of Variables
-Surge protective device`s Suppressor’s Normal Monitor
Status/Faulty Alarm
ii) Essential Main Switchboard
-Changeover Position Monitor
- DPM/PQM/PQA - V, I, PF, Hz, kW, kWh, kVA, Capture & Display
iii) AMF Board – Incoming & Outgoing Circuit Breaker’s Monitor
On/Off Status and Trip Alarm.
iv) Sub-Switchboard
-Incoming Circuit Breaker’s On/Off Status and Trip Monitor
Alarm

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 26 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN

- DPM/PQM/PQ - V, I, PF, Hz, kW, kWh, kVA, Capture & Display
v) Distribution Board for Power and Lighting Monitor
D Lighting System
Common/Corridor Areas (Supply Status/Fail Alarm) Monitor & control
E PA System/Fireman Emergency Announcement
- Power Supply Status/Fail Alarm Monitor
F IP PBX System
G Distribution Board for Operating Theatre
H Standby Generator Set
Run/Stop Status, Start Fail Alarm, Normal/General Monitor
Alarm, Battery Charger – Normal/Fail Alarm, Battery
Level – Normal/Low Alarm
I Fireman Intercom System
- Power Supply Status / Fail Alarm Monitor
J Uninterruptible Power Supply
- Load on Inverter, Inverter Fail, Unit Bypassed, Monitor
High Temperature/General Alarm
K MATV System
L Security, CCTV, Intruder Alarm, Card Access System
M Information Kiosk
N Data Centre / Server Room
– Room / Rack Temperature Readings/Fail Monitor
Alarm/Power Supply Status
O Any other equipment/services and Monitor
integration/interfacing to the Central Electrical
Management System (CEMS)
10.3 General Requirements for Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA)
10.3.1 General Requirements for SCADA shall include, but not limited to the following:
10.3.1.1 The status of all electrical and mechanical assets shall be electronically captured and
automatically transmitted via reliable connectivity (wired/wireless) to SCADA server where
the data is processed according to user-defined rules and the results shall be stored in a
database.
10.3.1.2 Consolidation of operation and maintenance related data for assets spread over a large
geographical areas shall be established, enabling operation and maintenance tasks to be
managed either centrally or in a distributed manner through global access.
10.3.1.3 Built-in reporting and statistical analysis tools that automatically computes System
Availability Indices and Down Time.
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 27 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
10.3.1.4 Scalable architecture, with the capability for future upgrades to extend the number of
monitored assets and expansion of scope to cover real time monitoring and trending.
10.3.1.5 The software shall be non-proprietary based and open standard.
10.3.1.6 All equipment shall be made SCADA-ready by providing a set of volt-free contacts for all
signals to be monitored.
10.3.1.7 The system shall be accessible through internet connection.
10.4 Remote Control Panel
10.4.1 Remote Control Panel (RCP) shall be installed which will act as supervisory panel for
remote switching of the medium voltage system. The RCP shall be located in the Remote
Control Panel Room.
10.4.2 Each sub-station shall also be able to operate locally, independent of the RCP. The
complete distribution system must be able to operate independent of the electrical
monitoring and control system.
10.4.3 The panel design shall be of such width and depth convenient to house miniature lamps,
holders and terminal blocks associated with the remote control system and to permit easy
access for the maintenance of such equipment. The panel shall comprise a mimic panel,
metreing panel, internal lighting, thermostatically controlled stainless steel plate type
heaters, control, wiring, terminal blocks, earthing, protection of circuits and sub- circuits,
isolating switches, relay rack, semaphore indicators, discrepancy switches, pushbuttons
and switches, indicating light, audible alarm, alarm system operations, interposingrelays,
battery and charger, labels, cabling works, etc. The panel shall have also the Automatic-
Off-Manual (A-O-M) selector switch to facilitate remote control switching.
11.0 FIRE BARRIERS AND SEALANTS FOR OPENING AND DUCTS
11.0.1 Where services pass through walls and/or floors, such openings shall be suitably sealed
with a 2-hour fire rated barrier. The sealant shall be a non-sag type that is waterproof,
pressure tight, non-shrinking and non-toxic, flexible and easily re- penetrate; smoke, gas
and water tight and tested to UL-1479, ASTM E-84 and E-814 and approved by Jabatan
Bomba & Penyelamat Malaysia.
11.0.2 Underground pipes, ducts and services shall be sealed against ingress of water.
12.0 DEMOLITION WORKS
12.0.1 The Contractor shall be responsible to liaise with the supply authority or Licensee, local
authorities and others relevant bodies in terminating all utility connections to the existing
building prior to demolishing works.
12.0.2 All cost incurred shall be borne by the Contractor and deemed to be included in the
contract.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 28 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
12.0.3 All existing equipment in the building shall be listed and handed over to the client in proper
condition before demolishing works to be done.
13.0 OTHER INTEGRATION WORKS
13.0.1 All integration, interface and interconnection of equipment and the system for ICT and ELV
system, etc. shall have a full and complete operability and interoperability and that the full
and complete functional capacity and each individual subsystem shall not be degraded in
the process.
13.0.2 All ICT based systems and all interfacing, integration and connection systems shall have a
complete protection from software error.
13.0.3 Configuration for the integration with the various end-user existing systems and internet
connection shall be borne by the Contractor.
14.0 OTHER MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND WORKS REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER
FUNCTIONING AND OPERATION OF THE COMPLEX
14.0.1 Any other materials, equipment and works which is not specifically mentioned in this
section but is mentioned in the Architectural Brief or any other section or is required for the
proper and satisfactory operation of the whole project, shall deem to be included in the
Contract.
15.0 RELOCATION WORKS
15.0.1 The contractor shall construct, protect, divert and reconnect all utilities (including
telecommunication lines, water supply, electricity supply etc, where necessary and liaise
with all relevant government and utilities agencies; The government will prepare the
financial allocation of the relocation works. All relocation work shall comply with the latest
“Garis Panduan Pengalihan dan Pemasangan Semula Utiliti Dalam Perlaksanaan
Program dan Projek Kerajaan” requirement.
15.0.2 The cost estimation and technical information shall be provided by the Local Authorities
and utility agencies. The Contractor shall carry out further detailed subsurface detection,
investigation and mapping of underground utility networks of the proposed site of the
works, which may be necessary for the relocation of the utilities and construction of the
works.
15.0.3 The contractor shall appoint the subcontractor registered with CIDB and utility provider to
carry out the utility relocation works. The relocation shall be monitored by the relevant
utility agencies.
16.0 MOCK-UP
16.0.1 The contactor shall prepare mock-ups to be used as samples/guides/techniques/method

statements and shall be approved by the P.D’s Representative prior to the
construction/installation. In addition, the contractor and consultant are required to ensure
that the proposed mock-ups comply with the specifications and functions as in the contract.
A schedule of proposed mock-ups shall be prepared and submit as in ScheduleJ.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 29 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
17.0 DRAWINGS, TECHNICAL DETAILS, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
17.0.1 Upon issuance of Certificate of Practical Completion (CPC), Certificate of Completeness

and Compliance (CCC) and/or Occupational Permit (OP). The Contractor shall submit all
documents/items as per Schedule D to the P.D/P.D’s Representative for comments and
retention. These documents shall be properly bound with hard covers. If the P.D/P.D’s
Representative is not satisfied with the submissions, the Contractor shall make the
necessary alterations and amendments and resubmit the documents within three (3)
weeks after the comments are made.
17.0.2 A copy of the relevant main schematic electrical diagram, layout drawing showing the
electrical distribution and reticulation systems and the system diagrams of each of the
services shall be supplied, framed and hung on the walls in the relevant substations, switch
rooms, plant rooms and equipment rooms.
18.0 CERTIFICATIONS OF WORKS, FINAL INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
18.0.1 The contractor shall submit to P.D/P.D’s Representative the schedules, format of the
reports for final inspection, competent personnel certificates, testing equipmentcalibration
certificates and method statements at least 2 weeks in advance before any final inspection.
The Contractor shall appoint a service engineer to carry out setting and calibration of
protection relays. Prior to the setting and calibration, the Contractor shall submit Relay
Discrimination Scheme to the P.D /P.D representatives for approval.
18.0.2 After the completion of the installation and testing works and before handing over to the
Government, the Contractor shall submit all certificates, certified by PEPC in the relevant
fields, on the satisfactory completion and testing of the installation in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract with regards to functions, operations, performances, safety,
etc. The contractor shall also provide confirmation that installations have been registered
with the relevant authorities.
18.0.3 All testing and commissioning works shall be carried out in the presence of the P.D’s
Representatives. A set of the above testing results and reports shall be submitted to the
P.D/P.D’s Representatives.
19.0 EQUIPMENT INVENTORY LIST
19.0.1 The contractor shall prepare the inventory list for equipment installed as per in the Sub-
Contract. The inventory list shall include and not limit to all data and particulars of the
equipment and accessories pertaining to their types, models, descriptions and quantities.
The format shall be in MS Excel of latest version as per Appendix A of Preliminaries. Two
(2) sets of softcopy in CD-RW and four (4) sets of hardcopy in binded form shall be
submitted to P.D’s Representative.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 30 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
19.0.2 The contractor shall submit four (4) sets of hardcopy & softcopy (CD-RW) of the following:
a) List of components in each room as specified in latest version of Sistem Pengurusan

Bersepadu (SPB) JKR Malaysia. “Borang Senarai Aset Tak Alih Mengikut Ruang
(Lampiran 16)”. A copy of this document shall also be attached at each room during
testing and commissioning (T & C) for P.D/P.D’s verification purposes.
20.0 TRAINING
20.0.1 At least two (2) months before the issuance of Certificate of Practical Completion (CPC),
Certificate of Completion and Compliance (CCC), Occupation Permit (OP) and/or
Occupational Certificate (OC). The contractor shall submit their proposal to the P.D/P.D’s
Representative for approval. Upon approval, the Contractor shall then arrange for proper
training courses, both classroom lectures and on-site practices for Government personnel
(end user and JKR Representatives) on the operation and maintenance of theinstallations
and equipment at a suitable time before and/or after the commissioning and acceptance
tests. Training shall be conducted by qualified representative(s) from system
suppliers/providers/manufacturers. A schedule of proposed training on systems or
services provided shall be prepared and submitted as in Schedule L.
20.0.2 Shall be conducted in dedicated separate sessions:
a) For MV / LV system.
b) For ELV system
c) For Central Electrical Monitoring and Control System (CEMCS)
d) For ICT system (refer appendix ICT)
e) For UPS and standby generator set
f) For Medical Equipments
g) Other special services (if any) that may be required
20.0.3 Proper and sufficient quantity of notes, instructions, manuals etc. shall be provided for the
trainees.
21.0 GUARANTEE AND MAINTENANCE DURING DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD
21.0.1 The Contractor shall guarantee the whole installation free from defect and inadequacy in
design, manufacture, fabrication and installation works during the Defects Liability Period
(DLP) after the official handing over of the project as specified in the Contract.
21.0.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the whole installation, except those
works, which have been handed over to the supply company/utility company/local
authorities, during the DLP as specified in the contract after the official handing over of the
project.
21.0.3 The Contractor shall repair/replace all defective/faulty equipment/works during the Defect
Liability Period (DLP) and to carry out all breakdowns, scheduled and preventive
maintenance works during this time. All materials, replacement parts, equipment,
consumable items, labour etc., required for the repair and maintenance of the installations,
works, plants, equipment etc. during the DLP shall be provided by the Contractor.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 31 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
21.0.4 The schedule of maintenance program shall be submitted to the P.D/P.D’s Representative
before issuance of Certificate of Practical Completion (CPC), Certificate of Completeness
and Compliance (CCC) and/or Occupational Permit (OP). All the repair works performed
and equipment, parts and items replaced during the DLP shall be subjected to further
similar guarantee from the date of repair/replacement.
21.0.5 However, electricity, water, cooking gas, fuel and other utility charges, films, printing
papers, toners etc. are not included as consumable items for maintenance in the context
of this Contract.
21.0.6 The Contractor shall take immediate action to carry out any repair work and restore the
installation to its normal operating conditions upon receipt of the complaint from the officer
in-charge of the building or his representatives.
21.0.7 If no action is taken to carry out the repair work within 24 hours upon receiving of the
report, the P.D/P.D’s Representative shall reserve the right to engage a third party to carry
out the repair works with all the costs and expenses charged to the Contractor.
21.0.8 If any equipment or plant requires more than two days to be repaired or replaced, the
Contractor shall arrange for a similar equipment or plant to be installed and used
temporarily until the equipment or plant has been repaired or replaced; failing which, the
P.D/P.D’s Representative shall reserve the right to arrange for a similar equipment or plant
to be used with all expenses charged to the Contractor.
21.0.9 For the purpose of providing the maintenance services during the DLP, the Contractor
shall station a maintenance team in the project.
21.0.10 Maintenance team shall comprise of skilled, qualified and competent personnel such as
engineers, electrical chargeman, technicians, wiremen, clerical staff etc. This team of
personnel shall work hand in hand with the members of the project maintenance team and
shall provide proper transfer technology to the project personnel/end user. Details shall be
submitted using Schedule M.
21.0.11 A month before the expiry of DLP, the Contractor shall handover to the Government all
tools/equipment associated with the various services, that are used during the DLP for a
smooth transition for the Government to take over the maintenance and operation of the
project.
22.0 RECOMMENDATION FOR OPERATIONAL PERSONNEL
22.0.1 Upon completion of the project, contractor shall recommend to the Government, the
Competent Person necessary for the routine inspection and daily operations of the
installation according to the requirements of Akta Bekalan Elektrik Akta 447 and Peraturan
- Peraturan Elektrik 1994.
22.0.2 The recommendation shall be submitted in writing with details of the number of personnel
and category of Competent Persons required to operate and inspect the installation. It
shall also include itemized details such as the required frequency of visits by the
Competent Engineers etc. including the number and category of chargeman and other
competent persons required to operationalize the installation.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 32 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
22.0.3 The report shall also include the cost implications to the Government.
22.0.4 Four (4) copies of such reports shall be submitted to the Government, three (3) months
after the issuance of CPC), CCC and/or (OP) to facilitate the Government in decision to
either to engage operational personnel or to outsource the service.
23.0 MEDICAL EQUIPMENT RELATED TO ELECTRICAL
Please refer to Appendix Medical Equipment Related To Electrical

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 33 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
24.0 SCHEDULES
Schedule A : ELECTRICAL SERVICES TENDER SUM ANALYSIS

SUMMARY OF DOCUMENTS TO BE ENCLOSED WITH
Schedule B :
SUBMISSION
SUMMARY OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED DURING
Schedule C :
CONSTRUCTION
SUMMARY OF DOCUMENTS / ITEMS TO BE SUBMITTED AFTER
Schedule D :
COMPLETION
Schedule DICT : AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS
EERE
Schedule D : AS-INSTALLED DOCUMENTS
Schedule E : SUPERVISION DURING CONSTRUCTION
ICT
EERE
Schedule F : CHECKLIST OF ELECTRICAL SERVICES REQUIRED
ICT
Schedule F : SCHEDULE OF ICT SERVICES
ELV
Schedule F : ELV SERVICES REQUIRED
EERE
Schedule F : SCHEDULE OF EE & RE SERVICES
COMPLIANCE TO REQUIREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL WORKS
Schedule G :
BRIEF
COMPLIANCE DEVIATION TO REQUIREMENTS OF ICT WORKS
Schedule GICT :
BRIEF
Schedule H : ROOM DATA OF ELECTRICAL FACILITIES
ICT
Schedule H : ROOM DATA OF ICT FACILITIES
Schedule I : SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED BRANDS (ELECTRICAL)
ICT
Schedule I : MANUFACTURER’S BRAND LIST
ELV
Schedule I : SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED BRANDS
EERE
Schedule I : MANUFACTURER’S BRAND LIST
Schedule J : SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED MOCK-UP
ENERGY EFFICIENCY CHECKLIST (ELECTRICAL ASPECTS
Schedule K :
ONLY)
Schedule L : TRAINING ON SYSTEMS / SERVICES PROVIDED
Schedule M : ELECTRICAL/ELV/ICT MAINTENANCE (DLP)
BIM
Schedule N : BIM BRIF PROJEK JKR
BIM
Schedule O : BIM DELIVERABLES SUMMARY
LIST REQUIREMENT OF THE BIM DELIVERABLES FOR
Schedule PBIM :
ELECTRICAL MODEL
Schedule QBIM : BIM SAMPLE MODEL REQUIREMENT

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 34 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule A: ELECTRICAL SERVICES TENDER SUM ANALYSIS
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION
(RM)
1 Medium Voltage (MV) System
a) 33kV switchgears, transformers & associated works and equipment
b) 11kV switchgears, transformers & associated works and equipment
2 Low Voltage (LV) System
a) Distribution System
b) Wiring & Cabling
c) Selection of Light Fittings and Accessories
d) Selection of Fans
e) Power Points
f) External Low Voltage Electrical Installation
g) Lightning Protection System
h) Earthing System Surge Protective Device
i) Standby Generator Sets
j) Uninterruptible Power Supply
k) Requirement for Anti Corrosive Type Installation
l) Isolated Power System
3 Extra Low Voltage (ELV) System
a) Public Address (PA) System
b) Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) System
c) Electronic Access Control System
d) Audio Visual (AV) System
e) Sound Reinforcement System (SRS)
f) Visual Projection System (VPS)
g) Master Antenna Television (MATV) / SMATV (Satellite)
h) Conference System
i) Audio & Video Intercom System
j) Fireman Intercom System
k) Stage Lighting System
l) Stage Curtain System
m) Queue Management System
n) Multimedia Information Display System
o) Info Kiosk System
p) Master Clock and Elapse Time Clock System

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 35 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION
(RM)
q) Intruder Alarm System

r) Nurse Call System
s) Two Way Communication System
t) Imaging Speak trough System
u) Teleconference System/ Tie line System For OT Room or Required
Room
v) Audio Recording System For Autopsy Room
4 Information & Communication Technology (ICT) System

a) Structured Cabling System
b) Active Equipment
c) Telephone System
d) Integration Works
e) In-Building Coverage (IBC) - Cellular System
f) Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
g) Office Automation (OA) System
h) Data Centre / Server Room / Telecommunication Closet Room (TCR)
Facilities
i) Applications Development and Customisation
j) Library and Facilities
k) Security Posture Assessment (SPA)
l) Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Plan
m) ICT Training Room / Computer Lab and Facilies
n) Training for Key-user, Application, Network and System Administrator
o) Additional Requirement for Health Facilities Project

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 36 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
AMOUNT
ITEM DESCRIPTION
(RM)
5 MEDICAL EQUIPMENT RELATED TO ELECTRICAL
a) Operation Theatre Light
b) Operation Theatre Table
c) Operation Theatre Panel
d) Digital Radiography System
e) High End Multidetector CT Scan 128 S
f) Magnetic Resonance Image (MRI) 3T
g) Digital Multipurpose C-Arm Fluoroscopy
h) Digital Mammography Tomosynthesis
i) OPG Function (Orthopantogram)
j) CBCT (Cone Beam Computed Tomography)
k) Bone Densitometry
l) Angiography
m) X-Ray Viewer/Illuminator
n) Mobile X-Ray
o) Ultrasound High End
p) Digital Intra Oral X-Ray
q) DDA Cabinet
r) Examination Lights
s) Others (Please Specify)
Integrated Building Management System for Electrical
6
Services
Testing & Commissioning, Training Needs, etc.
7
including documentation in soft and hardcopy
Other Materials, Equipment and Works Required for
8 The Proper Functioning and Operation of the Complex
(please list out if any)
9 Equipment Inventory List
CARRIED FORWARD TO TENDER SUM ANALYSIS
Signature of Contractor :
Name of Authorized Personnel :
Official Stamp of Contractor :
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 37 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule B: SUMMARY OF DOCUMENTS TO BE ENCLOSED WITH SUBMISSION
DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
1 Layout drawing / Conceptual drawing
2 Schematic diagram drawing / Conceptual drawing
3 Specifications and written proposal
4 Technical details and technical catalogue
5 Names and contact number of:
a) Electrical Consultant (Principal)
b) M&E Coordinator
c) BIM Coordinator (if applicable)
6 Design calculations
7 Proposal on road / lighting for approach road to complex
8 Schedule A : Electrical Services Tender Sum Analysis
9 Schedule B : Summary of Documents To Be Enclosed With Submission
Summary of Documents To be Submitted After Issuance Letter of
10 Schedule C :
Acceptance (LA)
11 Schedule D : Summary of Documents / Items To Be Submitted After Completion
12 Schedule E : Supervision During Construction
13 Schedule F : Checklist of Electrical Services Required
14 Schedule G : Compliance / Deviation To Requirement of Electrical Work Brief
15 Schedule H : Room Data of Electrical Facilities
16 Schedule I : Schedule of Proposed Brand
17 Schedule J : Schedule of Proposed Mock-up
18 Schedule K : Energy Efficiency Checklist
19 Schedule L : System Training
20 Schedule M : Electrical / ELV / ICT Maintenance (DLP)
21 Schedule N : Checklist BIM Refer Penyelaras BIM
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 38 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule C: SUMMARY OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED DURING CONSTRUCTION
ITEM DESCRIPTION REQUIREMENTS

1 Non Conformance - To take corrective actions
Report (NCR) - To compile with documents contract
2 Contract Document - To submit complete contract document
- To submit within three months after Letter of Acceptance (LA)
3 Consultation - To submit of CSA between consultant and contractor
Service Agreement
(CSA)
4 Site Staff Profile - RE (Electrical) if Electrical System Cost > RM5 million
- RE (ICT) if ICT System Cost > RM5 million
- Electrical IoW with minimum 5 years of experience
- Full time on site
- To submit CV with copy of certificates
- To submit within three weeks before construction start for approval
5 M & E Coordinator - To be appointed by contractor
- Shall be qualified Electrical or Mechanical
- To submit CV with copy of certificates
- To submit within three weeks before electrical works start for
approval
6 Electrical Sub - To submit company profile complete with background, registration
Contractor certificates, organisation chart, biodata, experience, KWSP Form A,
Company Profile List of Projects etc.
- To submit within three weeks before electrical works start for
approval
7 List of Competent - To submit CV with certificates
Persons (Electrical) - To submit within three weeks before electrical works start for
approval
8 Manufacturer Lists - Manufacturer List based on contract document & EMAL (Electrical
Material Approved List)
- To submit within three weeks after LA
9 Catalogue / - To submit after Manufacturer List approved
Sample of - To submit material approval form
Materials - To submit within three weeks after LA
- To submit complete with project name, size, type and provide
sufficient areas for contractor / consultants / JKR signature on every
sample board
- To submit according to system involved (eg.: trunking, conduit &
accessories, switch, sso & accessories / lightning / downlight)
- To submit within three weeks before electrical works start
10 Method Statement - Including but not limited to the following:
a) trunking / cable tray / conduit installation
b) light fittings / downlight installation
c) underground cable installation
d) ELV System installation
e) ICT System installation

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 39 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN

f) other installations
- To submit within one month before electrical works start
11 Local Authority - A copy of all approval and fees paid shall be submitted to
Approval P.D/P.D’s Representatives
12 Work Programme - To submit Work Programme for the whole project incorporating the
detail work program of each services of electrical works
13 Progress Claim - To submit progress claim as per JKR format for approval
- To update the monthly progress report
14 Coordinated - To submit coordinated services drawings to P.D consent
Services Drawing - To submit within three months after LA
15 Consultant Fees - To submit consultant fees together with calculation based on scope
progress
16 Construction - Size A1 drawings complete with drawing list and PEPC
Drawings endorsement
- To submit within two months after LA
17 Detail Bill of - To submit prior to first progress payment
Quantity (BQ)
18 Shop Drawings - To submit shop drawings for system one month before
commencement of wiring works
- To submit shop drawings one month before Factory Acceptance
Test (FAT)
19 Mock Up - To install mock up at site for every system prior to construction /
installation only

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 40 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule D: SUMMARY OF DOCUMENTS / ITEMS TO BE SUBMITTED AFTER COMPLETION
1 month
DESCRIPTION Upon CPC before DLP
expires
1 4 sets of hard bound As Built document consists of:- X
a) Installed drawings
b) Technical information including catalogues
Approval and registration certificates
c) Examples:
i) Registration certificates with JAS
ii) Registration certificates with Suruhanjaya Tenaga /
Electrical Inspectorate Unit (EIU)
24 months warranty throughout Defect Liability Period

d) (DLP) from manufacturer for special treatment against
corrosion
e) Operation & Maintenance Manuals
f) Spare Parts List
g) Test & Setting results
h) Inventory list
i) Other relevant documents
4 sets of As-Installed drawing in Physical media digital
2 X
storage
3 Training program and notes X
Maintenance, servicing, visiting engineers schedule during
4 X
DLP
Tools / equipment associated with various services in the
5 installation X
Recommendation regarding routine inspection program after
6 DLP X
Recommendation regarding operating personnel for daily
7 X
operations after DLP
8 Recommendation regarding visiting personnel after DLP X
Acknowledgement by Contractor:
We take note that the above are required to be submitted and shall abide to do so as required.
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 41 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule DICT: AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS
1 month
expires
One set of As-Built Documents in Electronic Storage (ie.
1 X
CDROM/USBDrive etc)
2 One set original document X
3 4 bound sets of documentation comprising: X
a) As Built Drawings – Complete ICT System
c) Setting parametres and configurations on each ICT
related equipment
d) Warranty Certificates for structured cabling, and others
ICT related equipment
f) Spare Parts List
g) Test & Setting results on cabling system, servers,
switches and others ICT works c/w photos.
Training program and notes
Maintenance, servicing, reporting flow manual during
4 X
warranty, Defect & Liability Period.
5 Application Source Code and Databases Structure and X
dictionary in CDROM complete with detail design (where
6 applicable) X
installation
7 Assets inventory list X
8 X
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 42 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule DEERE: AS-INSTALLED DOCUMENTS
1 month
expires
One set drawing in Electronic Storage (ie. CDROM/USB
1 X
Drive etc.)
2 One set tracing / original document X
3 4 bound sets of documentation comprising: X
a) As Installed Drawings – Complete RE System
c) Setting parametres and configurations on each RE
related equipment
d) Warranty Certificates for all RE related equipment
f) Spare Parts List
g) Test & Setting results on all RE works c/w photos
h) Other relevant documents
Training program and notes
4 X
Maintenance, servicing, reporting flow manual during
5 warranty, Defect & Liability Period X
6 installation X
Inventory, assets registration (eSenggara)
7 X
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 43 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule E: SUPERVISION DURING CONSTRUCTION
RATE AMOUNT
ITEM PARTICULARS UNIT QTY.
(RM) (RM)
Resident Engineer (Electrical)
1 months
(Entire construction period)
Inspector Of Work (Electrical)
2 months
(Entire construction period + 3 months DLP)
TOTAL FOR SUPERVISION TEAM DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD
Norms for Supervision
DESCRIPTION SUPERVISION PERSON

Electrical cost (Electrical + ICT + ELV) 1 RE (Electrical) + 1 IoW
( ≥ RM 5M) (Electrical)
Electrical cost (Electrical + ICT + ELV)
1 IoW (Electrical)
( < RM 5M)
Declaration by Contractor:
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 44 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule EICT: SUPERVISION DURING CONSTRUCTION
RATE AMOUNT
ITEM PARTICULARS* UNIT QTY.
(RM) (RM)
1 Resident Engineer (ICT) months
2 Inspector Of Work (RE) months

ICT cost ≥ RM 5M & Complex ICT
1 RE (ICT) + 1 IoW (ICT)
project**
RM5M > ICT cost > RM 2M 1 IoW (ICT)
ICT cost ≤ RM 2M Shared with IoW (Electrical)
* Norm in determining the supervision period of the construction is below:

The supervision period for RE (ICT) and IoW (ICT) is until the first THREE (3) MONTHS of
Defect Liability Period (DLP)
** Complex ICT project defines as ICT project which includes either Data Centre (DC) or System
Application (Software development / customization) or both.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 45 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Qualification and Competency of ICT Designer and Resident Engineer (RE)
Minimum Qualification and Competency of ICT Designer

Degree in the field of Information Technology (IT), Electrical / Electronic Engineering or similar
a)
certifications.
b) Minimum 5 years working experience in implementing ICT project.
Experience in designing and implementing a minimum of five (5) ICT projects particularly in
c) designing network infrastructure, IP based / non-IP based Telephone system, system
configuration, data centre, server and back-end system, testing and commissioning.
Experience in preparing technical specifications, user requirement specification, tender
d)
documentation, project supervision, operation and maintenance manuals of ICT project.
Knowledgeable in windows server/client environments, TCP/IP, LAN System, Security &
e) Firewall, Linux/Window OS, Structured Cabling System, Email/Web serving, database
administration and Office application suites.
f) Knowledgeable in Telephone System including IP PBX, Multiline SIP and ISDN.
Possess a recognized Network Design Professional certification or Expert level certification

g)
from the proposed product principal.
h) Knowledge and experience in AutoCAD, Visio, Microsoft Project and Microsoft Office.
i) Registered as Certified Technologist by Malaysia Board of Technologists is an advantage.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 46 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Minimum Qualification and Competency of ICT Resident Engineer (RE)

Degree in the field of Information Technology (IT), Electrical / Electronic Engineering or similar
a) certifications.
Minimum 3 years working experience in implementing ICT project particularly in network
b) infrastructure system, system configuration, testing and commissioning.
Experience in supervision and ICT project monitoring on site.

c)
Knowledgeable in windows server/client environments, TCP/IP, LAN System, Security &
Firewall, Linux/Window OS, Structured Cabling System, Email/Web serving, database
d)
administration and Office application suites.
Possess a recognized certification or Expert level certification from the proposed product
e) principal including Structured Cabling system and networking devices.
Knowledge and experience in AutoCAD, Visio, Microsoft Project and Microsoft Office.
f)
Registered as Certified Technologist by Malaysia Board of Technologists is an advantage.

g)
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 47 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule EEERE: SUPERVISION DURING CONSTRUCTION
RATE AMOUNT
(RM) (RM)
Resident Engineer (RE)
1 months
(Entire construction period)
Inspector of Work (RE)
2 months
(Entire construction period + 3 months DLP)
RE cost ≥ RM 10M 1 RE (RE) + 1 IoW (RE)
RE cost < RM 10M 1 IoW (RE)
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 48 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule F: CHECKLIST OF ELECTRICAL SERVICES REQUIRED
JKR’S CONTRACTOR’S
ITEM ELECTRICAL SERVICES
PROPOSAL PROPOSALS
1 MEDIUM VOLTAGE (MV) SYSTEM
a) 33kV Switchgear, Transformer, Equipment & To be studied
Associated Works (subject to requirement from by contractor
Utility and / or approval of PD)
b) 11kV Switchgear, Transformer, Equipment &
Associated Works
2 LOW VOLTAGE (LV) SYSTEM
a) External Low Voltage Electrical Installations
b) Internal Low Voltage Electrical Installations
c) Internal Fitting Installations
d) External Fitting Installations 
e) Earthing
f) Lightning Protection System
g) Standby Generator Sets
h) Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems
i) Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy
3 INTEGRATED BUILDING MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM FOR ELECTRICAL SERVICES
a) Central Control Room
b) Central Electrical Monitoring and Control 
System & SCADA System
c) Central Control Panel (CCP)
4 REQUIREMENT FOR ANTI-CORROSIVE TYPE

INSTALLATION 
5 FIRE BARRIERS AND SEALANTS FOR OPENING 

AND DUCTS
6 DEMOLITION WORKS 
7 OTHER INTEGRATION WORK FOR ALL 

SERVICES
8 TESTING, COMMISSIONING, TRAINING AND

ASSOCIATED DOCUMENTATION IN HARD AND 
SOFT COPIES
9 INVENTORY LIST 
10 RECOMMENDATION FOR OPERATIONAL 

PERSONNEL

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 49 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
PROPOSAL PROPOSALS
11 OTHER MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND WORKS
REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER FUNCTIONING
AND OPERATION OF THE COMPLEX 
(To be listed out by Contractor)
a.
b.
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 50 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule FICT: SCHEDULE OF ICT SERVICES
PROPOSAL PROPOSALS
INFORMATION & COMMUNICATION
TECHNOLOGY(ICT) SYSTEM
1 Structured Cabling System 
i) Interbuilding Backbone 
ii) Intrabuilding Backbone (Vertical & Horizontal) 
iii) Horizontal Cabling 
iv) Wireless Network Coverage (Wi-Fi) 
2 Active Equipment 
i) Network Equipment 
ii) Servers 
iii) Database (Appliance Based) 
iv) Storage and Backup System 
3 Telephone System 
i) Internal Telecommunication System 
Telephone and Internet Service Subscription
ii)
Lines 
iii) External Telecommunication Works 
4 Integration Works 
5 In-Building Coverage (IBC) – Cellular System 
i) Feasibility Study 
6 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) \
Dedicated UPS for Data Centre and/or Server
i) 
Room)
ii) Standalone UPS for Telecommunication Closet 
Standalone UPS for Desktop Computer/
iii) 
Workstation
iv) Standalone UPS for IP PBX 
7 Office Automation (OA) System 
i) OA for Building Systems and End User

Application Related Equipment
a) Desktop Computer 
b) Desktop Workstation 
c) Laptop 
d) Printers 
e) Document Scanner 
f) Barcode / QR Code Reade 
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 51 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
PROPOSAL PROPOSALS
g) Biometric Reader 
ii) OA for Administrative Works 
a) Desktop Computer 
b) Desktop Workstation 
c) Laptop 
d) Printers 
e) Document Scanner 
iii) Third Party Software 
a) OA System – Microsoft Office Professional 
b) Adobe Acrobat Professional 
c) Multimedia & Graphic Suite 
d) Anti-virus Software 
e) Firewall 
f) Desktop Management System 
g) Network Management System 
h) Database 
iv) Telepresence System 
Data Centre / Server Room / Telecommunication
8 
Closet Room (TCR) Facilities
i) Data Centre (DC) 
ii) Server Room 
iii) Telecommunication Closet Room (TCR) 
9 Applications Development and Customisation 
10 Library And Facilities 
11 Security Posture Assessment (SPA) 
12 Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Plan 
13 ICT Training Room / Computer Lab and Facilities 
Training for Key-User, Application, Network and
14 
System Administrator
15 Additional Requirements for Health Facilities Project 
i) Hospital Application System Software 
ii) Hospital Application System Hardware 
iii) Network Cabling Infrastructure 
iv) Internal Telecommunication System 
v) ICT Training Room / Computer Lab and Facilities 

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 52 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
PROPOSAL PROPOSALS
16 OTHER MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND WORKS
REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER FUNCTIONING AND 
OPERATION OF THE COMPLEX
(To be listed out by Contractor)
a.
b.
c.
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 53 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule FELV: ELV SERVICES REQUIRED (State YES or NO)
PROPOSAL PROPOSALS
1 Public Address (PA) System 
2 Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) System 
3 Electronic Access Control System 
4 Audio Visual (AV) System 
5 Sound Reinforcement System (SRS) 
6 Visual Projection System (VPS 
Master Antenna Television (MATV) / SMATV 
7
(Satellite)
8 Conference System 
9 Audio & Video Intercom System 
10 Fireman Intercom System 
11 Stage Lighting System 
12 Stage Curtain System 
13 Queue Management System 
14 Multimedia Information Display System 
15 Info Kiosk System 
16 Master Clock and Elapse Time Clock System 
17 Intruder Alarm System 
18 Nurse Call System 
19 Two Way Communication System 
20 Imaging Speak trough System 
Teleconference System/ Tie line System For OT 
21 Room or Required Room
22 Audio Recording System For Autopsy Room 
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 54 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule FEERE: SCHEDULE OF EE & RE SERVICES
PROPOSAL PROPOSALS
ENERGY EFFICIENCY (EE)
1 Zoning of Lighting System
i) Controls of artificial lighting system 
2
ii) Perimetre zoning where 30m per zone 
2
iii) Floor area ≤30m shall have a minimum of two 
(2) switches
iv) Two (2) way switches shall be installed for 
corridors and stairs
v) Corridors ≥ 10m length, at least two (2) 
alternate circuits complete with two (2) way
switches shall be installed
vi) Photo sensors shall be installed at areas which 
have artificial lighting at least 20%.
vii) Motion sensors shall be installed at an 
intermittent use area such as toilet
2 Lighting Control System
i) Interfacing and control of electrical lighting 
control panel with energy management system
ii) Daylight photocell and occupancy sensors 
3 Lighting System
i) Energy efficient lamp (T5, LEDs, CCFL) 
ii) Lighting Power Density (PPD) or efficacy 
≤12W/m2
iii) Low loss magnetic ballast ( ≤ 6 Watt ) or high 
frequency electronic ballast
4 Fan
i) At least COP 2.66 
ii) Safety thermal fuse 
5 Power factor and harmonic distortion

ii) Not more than 5% THD 
6 Electrical power distribution system
i) Not less than 0.85 
7 Low losses transformer
i) No- load loss and total losses accordance to 
IEC 60076-1

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 55 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
PROPOSAL PROPOSALS
8 Sub Metreing – Digital Power Metres
i) Main Switch Board 
ii) Sub Switch Board 
iii) Central Air-Conditioning 
iv) Lift and escalator system 
v) Major water pump system 
vi) Data Centre/Server Room 
RENEWABLE ENERGY (RE)
1 Type of Solar PV System
i) Grid Connected PV (GCPV)
ii) Off- Grid PV (OGPV)
2 Balance of System (BOS)
i) Grid Inverter
ii) Bidirectional Inverter
iii) Energy Storage System
iv) Charge Controller for OGPV system
v) Solar PV metre
vi) Accessories, structure, and mounting systems
vii) Switches and fuse
viii) Lightning protection system
ix) Earthing system
x) Solar PV monitoring system.
3 Solar PV System Capacity
i) 1% - 75% of Maximum Demand
4 Solar PV Tilt Angle
i) 0o - 15o degree
ii) Building Integrated
5 Solar PV Modules
i) Tier 1 product
ii) Minimum warranty of 25 years
6 Inverter
i) High Efficiency type (98%)
ii) Maximum Power Point Tracker (MPPT)
iii) Anti-islanding

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 56 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
PROPOSAL PROPOSALS
iv) RS232/RS485 output for data logging and
remote monitoring
v) minimum warranty of 10 years
vi) Liquid crystal display
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 57 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule G: COMPLIANCE TO REQUIREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL WORKS BRIEF
COMPLIANCE
REFERENCE CLAUSE IN ELECTRICAL WORKS BRIEF
YES / NO
1.0 Introduction
2.0 General Conditions of Contract
3.0 Including submission and liaison with authorities
General Instructions to Tenderer
General Design Requirement, Rules, Regulations and
4.0
Standards
Comply to rules and regulations stated
Based on JKR Technical circulars, JKR Specifications &
practices
Equipment, Materials, Workmanship and Schedules of
5.0
Works
Use of energy efficient equipment
Use of JKR EMAL list for relevant materials
Use of copper conductors
6.0 Electrical Services
Works to be handed over to supply / utility authority finalized
and included in Contract
The various separate TNB metreing system finalized
6.1.1 Medium Voltage System
Is 33kV required by Utility?Please confirm Yes / No
11kV required by Utility?Please confirm Yes / No
Equipment must be capable of withstanding prospective fault
level for 3 seconds
Minimum two sources of incoming supply
Ring circuit
Inclusive of laying cable from main intake to new substation
Switchgear
Panel expandable at both ends
WITHDRAWABLE vacuum circuit breaker
Suitable for remote monitoring and localized switching and
Remote supervisory panel
11kV circuit breaker equipped with overcurrent with protection
or arc sensor input
Performance Witness Tests and Inspection
i) Local
ii) Overseas

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 58 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
COMPLIANCE
YES / NO
Transformers
Low loss cast resin dry type (low iron and low copper loss)
Separate transformer for mechanical / air conditioning load
Transformer test shall cover but not limited to Routine tests,
type tests, special tests
i) Local
ii) Overseas
Adequate ventilation in transformer room
6.1.2 Low Voltage System
A External Low Voltage Electrical Installations
Consists of distribution boards, feeder pillars, etc.
All service, distribution mains, submains, final circuits, control
cables shall be underground armoured cables
B Internal Low Voltage Electrical Installations
Distribution System
Normal supply, essential supply from Gen set, emergency
supply from UPS
Main switchboard (Type Form 2B) - separate boards for
essential and normal supply, equipped with overcurrent with
arc protection or arc sensor input
Separate boards for essential and normal supply
Equipped with overcurrent with arc protection or arc sensor
input
i) Local
ii) Overseas
Subswitchboard SSB - separate boards for essential and
normal supply, lighting, power and mechanical services
Floor standing sub board of Type Form 2B
Outgoing feeders provided with ELR in addition to earth
leakage protection on incoming side
MCCBs rated >100A provided with overload relays and ELR
Automatic power factor correction capacitor banks installed for
major installations such as aircond systems, ventilation, lift &
etc.
Capacitor banks shall be free standing type independent of the
MSB panel
Smaller motors have own PF correction capacitors
Separate distribution board (DB) for:

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 59 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
COMPLIANCE
YES / NO
a) Essential supply
b) Normal supply
c) Lighting
d) Power
e) Mechanical services
f) External lighting
g) Computer related equipment
h) Each floor / wing (minimum one DB)
i) Limited to 14 numbers of ways per DB
Incorporated with protection relays
13A single phase socket DB c/w 30mA RCCB
Single phase lighting DB c/w 100mA RCCB
RCCBs for open space workstation to be calculated based on
total leakage currents
Fireman switches installed as UBBL requirement
Wiring and cabling
Emergency lighting and Keluar sign shall be separated from
other lighting circuit
Normal, essential and emergency circuits shall be in separated
conduit / trunking
a) Separate electrical riser for:
i) Air-conditioning and other mechanical system
ii) Electrical power reticulation for ICT
iii) Other electrical system
b) For submain circuit, one cable tray / ladder each for:
i) Normal circuit
ii) Essential circuit
iii) Mechanical essential circuit
iv) Mechanical normal circuit
v) Emergency circuit (UPS)
All cable trays/ladder fabricated from hot dip galvanized steel
c) For final circuit, one trunking each for:
i) Lightings (normal supply)
ii) Power (normal supply)
iii) Lightings (essential supply)
iv) Power (essential supply)

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 60 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
COMPLIANCE
YES / NO
v) Mechanical services (normal supply)
vi) Mechanical services (essential supply)
vii) Emergency circuit (UPS)
Other cabling and wiring shall be in concealed conduits/in
trunkings/ on cable trays/on cable ladders
All conduit installed shall be Galvanised Steel (GS)
All trunkings installed shall be of galvanized sheet steel
(electrogalvanised steel and / or hot dipped galvanised steel)
Wiring in surface conduit or other method are not allowed
Fire fighting and lift submains / rising mains shall be of Fire
Rated Mineral Insulated Mineral Sheath (FR MIMS) cable
All normal supply for submains and rising mains of greater
than 250A shall be of pre-fabricated busbar trunking of IP54
for indoors and IP66 for outdoors
Pre-fabricated busducts with accessories fittings from same
manufacturer
C Internal Fitting Installation
Applying energy saving & efficiency: arranged such that from
alternating circuits, proper grouping of lighting switches
Separate switching for luminaires along the windows
Exit lights and self-contained emergency light of fluorescent
type with three hours battery reserve
Emergency light installed at the following area:
a) Staircase
b) public area
c) electrical / telecommunication switch rooms
d) riser room / areas
other areas as per Jabatan Bomba dan Penyelamat
e)
requirement
f) Service Room
Fluorescent tube of T5 type with colour Correlated
Temperature (CCT) of approximately 4000 / 6000 degrees K
with Colour Rendering Index (CRI) 84 / 86
Lighting for walk path (miniature fluorescent lamp such as PL
lamps)
Ballast loss for fluorescent fitting T5 type shall be 3W and T8
type shall be 6W
Insect fitting (Kitchen, cafeteria etc.)
Common corridors, public areas (two level of illuminance
(evening/night) such as midnight the lighting can be reduced to
a lower level) – controlled by automatic time switches with
24hr spring reserve

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 61 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
COMPLIANCE
YES / NO
Fan
Energy saving type with supplementary suspension rope
system ceiling fans for all non-air conditioned areas/room (1
unit/10 sq metre)
Wall fans for places inappropriate for ceiling fans
Exhaust fan with cowls shall be installed in meeting rooms,
gathering areas, printing rooms, toilets
Power points
Each equipment must have its own power point
13A switched socket outlets (minimum number) to be installed:
a) not less than 1 per room
b) one per 10 sq metre of open area
c) one per 5 metre spacing along the corridors
d) 2 per desk in office area
e) 1 per general store room
f) 2 per plant room
g) 2 per IT point
Different colour schemes for various type of supply
Isolator of suitable types and rating provided (for all equipment
and plants not connected to 13A switched socket outlet)
Power point and switches permanently labelled with circuit
number
D External Fitting Installations
Lighting to be provided for:
a) Internal roads within compound
b) Compound lighting
c) Garden / path / landscape / pond lighting using PL lamps
d) Games court lighting (using SON / metal halide lamps)
e) Area floodlighting
f) Security lighting
g) Decorative fence lighting
h) Guard house, signage
i) Façade lighting
j) Obstruction lights according to Law
All above shall be time switch controlled; facility to reduce
lighting levels after midnight
Street lighting proposal for approach roads to complex

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 62 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
COMPLIANCE
YES / NO
6.1.3 Earthing and Lightning Protection System
Lightning Protection System
NOT Single Electrode Type of Early Streamer Emission (EST)
Provided also for buildings with high security / safety reason /
located on high ground / environmental requirements
(regardless of height)
An aesthetically pleasing lightning protection system shall be
designed
The Faraday Cage concept together with down drop
conductors built into columns / beams and bonded to the
reinforcements of the building structure and foundations shall
form the basis of the lightning protection system
Earthing System
Separate centralized Earthing bars for:
a) Main switchboard
b) Generators
c) Telecommunication System
d) CCTV / security / AV system
e) Data and computer system
All bonded to building reinforcement and external earth
f)
electrodes
g) Metal pipes bonded to a single grounding system
h) Earth electrode (16mm dia.) copper jacketed rod
i) Heavy duty precast concrete earth inspection chamber
Earth electrodes shall be of 16mm diametre copper jacketed
rod
The earth inspection chambers shall be of heavy duty precast
concrete similar to Furse type
The continuity in the earth chamber shall be affected by
Cadweld or Furse type bond
6.1.4 Surge Protection Systems and Voltage Stabilizing System
SPDs Classes I, II or III for the following shall be appropriately
provided for main electrical distribution system as per Table 1:
a) sub-switch board
b) distribution board
c) computers
d) electronic equipment
e) PABX equipment
f) UPS system
g) CCTV equipment
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 63 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
COMPLIANCE
YES / NO
h) MATV equipment
i) card access equipment
other equipment susceptible to lightning and switching
j)
surges
One port type compatible with 230/400V, 3 phase 4 wire 50Hz
with solidly earthed neutral supply system
Modes of protection:
Each phase-to-neutral, each phase-to-earth and neutral-to-
earth for either single phase or three phase supply system - if
incoming circuit breaker is >600A
Each phase-to-neutral and neutral-to-earth - allowed for entire
installation if incoming feeder circuit breaker is rated 600A or
less
Voltage limiting type with Metal Oxide Varistor (MOVs) c/w
integrated thermal protection function, or Combination of
MOVs with GDTs
Connecting leads sized according to manufacturer
recommendation
Equipped with visual indicator showing protection status
Provided with auxiliary contacts for connection to remote
monitoring system
To disconnect SPDs from the system use of either:
4P MCCB - with breaking capacity complying with ac
a)
interrupting capacity of board
b) Fuse - rated as per manufacturers recommendation
AVR provided for equipment susceptible to voltage variations
6.1.5 Standby Generating Sets
To cater for at least the following:
a) Fireman’s lift
b) Fire fighting systems
c) Intruder alarm and security systems
d) Water pumps
e) Sewerage treatment plants
f) Other essential and important systems
Complemented with at least the following
a) Nickel cadmium battery equipped with external
recombinators, which are designed to effect recombination
of oxygen and hydrogen to increase the intervals between
toppings up with distilled water to at least five years
b) Daily fuel tank and / or bulk storage tank to cater for not
less than 8hoursfull load operation

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 64 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
COMPLIANCE
YES / NO
c) Fuel piping system
d) Proper monitoring, control and alarm systems etc.
according to the normal practice. The battery conditions
and the generator operating conditions shall be
continuously monitored by the plant monitoring panel of
the complex
e) The room shall be provided with proper acoustic treatment
such that the noise level shall be not more than 75 dB (A)
at one metre distance outside the generators room or to
the requirements of the Department of Environment
i) Local
ii) Overseas
6.1.6 Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems
Provided for critical services (other than that covered under
ICT works)
Type of UPS: Rotary / dynamic with flywheel energy storage
module
Type of UPS: Static - with static bypass switch, 12 pulse
rectifier/ charger, maintenance bypass switch, harmonic
reduction facilities etc.
UPS equipment adjacent to battery room
Battery (vented nickel cadmium) not less than 15 minutes
backup
MIFR cable / mineral insulated Fire resistance cabling system
UPS room (24 hours air-conditioned)
Battery room (well ventilated)
i) Local
ii) Overseas
Requirement For Anti Corrosive Type Installation
Compulsory for areas 5 km or less from the coast
Cost of material and treatment deemed included in prices
quoted
6.1.7 Energy Efficiency
Integrated design approach incorporated - cross referenced to
architectural and mechanical works brief
Designed to operate energy efficiently using MS 1525: 2001
Cost deemed incorporated into price quoted
ELV - Contractor to prepare own schedule, to be submitted
together

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 65 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
COMPLIANCE
YES / NO
ICT - Contractor to prepare own schedule, to be submitted
together
Integrated Building Management System For Electrical
6.1.8
Services
Provision of Central Control Room to house the controls of all
mechanical and electrical services
Central Electrical Monitoring and Control System & SCADA
System
Control, monitor and data logging
Open system, support industry standard, can integrate existing
system (if any), can accommodate future expansion (modular
form)
Able to link up to 32 different hardware system , proprietary
equipment from different or same manufacturers, on a single
system
With capability to set user control priority
Self-diagnostic capability with maintenance status in one file
Can communicate with similar system, network or remote
communication via PSTN
User friendly menu driven GUI, real time monitoring
Windows based
Extent as per Table in Brief
Central Control Panel (CCP)
Supervisory panel for electrical services
Located at the central control room
Each substation also able to operate locally
Distribution system also able to operate independently
Fire Barriers And Sealants For Opening And Ducts
Fire barriers rated for two hours included in cost of works
At all openings through walls and floors
Non-sag type sealant i.e. water proof, pressure tight, smoke
tight, gas tight, water tight, non-shrinking, nontoxic, Flexible
and easily re-penetrate, Tested to UL-1479, ASTM E-84 and
E-14 and approved by JBPM
Underground pipes / ducts and services shall be sealed
against ingress of water, cost deemed included
Demolition Works
Cost of liaison with utility licensees and termination of utility
connections, deemed included
Cost of liaison with utility licensees and authorities, carrying
out relocation works to outside works boundary, and
contribution incurred for such, also deemed included
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 66 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
COMPLIANCE
YES / NO
Other Integration Work
Cost of Integration, configuration for integration, interface and
interconnection of equipment and system between new and
existing deemed included
Completely protected from software error
Drawings, Technical Details, Operation Maintenance
Manuals
Certification of Works, Final Inspection, Testing,
Commissioning
Assets Registration, Tagging and Inventory
Training
Guarantee and Maintenance
Recommendation for Operational Personnel
We acknowledge that the description in this schedule is not exhaustive. They serve only as reminder
to us. We have diligently read the entire Electrical Works Brief together with this schedule. We fully
understand it. We shall fully comply with the requirements of the brief except where we have
mentioned the deviations specifically.
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 67 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule GICT: COMPLIANCE DEVIATION TO REQUIREMENTS OF ICT WORKS BRIEF
COMPLIANCE
REFERENCE CLAUSE IN ICT WORKS BRIEF
YES / NO
1.0 General
1.1 Scope of Works
The work includes the initial design proposal, detail design,
supply, delivery, installation, configuration, testing,
commissioning, handing over and provide free support and
warranty thereafter during the defect liability period.
ICT Need Statement shall be read with project brief, any
addendums, Schedule of Accommodation (SOA), technical
specifications, requirements/standards or any other
documents.
All electrical cabling and ICT infrastructure works shall follow
the current JKR’s specifications.
Information Technology Communication (ICT) system related
equipment etc. shall be provided with suitable Surge Protective
Device (SPD) and Automatic Voltage Regulating (AVR)
stabiliser systems.
Contractor shall provide the latest version of the complete
system (hardware and software).
All supplied hardware and software in this contract shall be
registered under the Government of Malaysia.
Meet the full functional requirement of the project.
1.2 Configuration & Testing
Properly configured, tested and commissioned. The Contractor
shall initiate meeting/discussion with client/end-user (from
relevant ICT section / department) to finalise setting and
configuration.
Consumable items that may require for testing and
commissioning purposes shall be borne by the Contractor.
Contractor shall provide a complete, fully functional local area
network ready to use.
Complete master test plan for the whole ICT system.
Engage competent personnel to carry out inspections,
performance tests and other pre-commissioning tests of the
installations and equipment.
Competent personnel shall certify that the installations and
equipment have been completed and are functional and safe
to be used / operated according to the requirements
The Contractor shall also submit commissioning manuals /
procedures of testing and commissioning.
All testing and commissioning works shall be carried out in the
presence of P.D’s representatives.
Provide hardware, software and tools that required for the
usage of P.D’s representatives to audit, inspect and monitor
the
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 68 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
completed test results.
The Contractor shall arrange and provide all expenses for the
government officers to witness the tests or proof of concept.
If the premise to conduct the testing event located outside
Malaysia, the Contractor shall provide expenses for four (4)
representatives from Government.
Testing and commissioning works shall include:
i) Basic equipment and system functionality

ii) End-to-end functionality
iii) User Acceptance Testing (UAT)
iv) Any other tests which may be needed
Structured cabling system, certificate of product and
performance warranty from cable manufacturer which covers a
minimum of 25 years.
1.3 Defect Liability Period (DLP)
Guarantee the whole installation free from defect and
inadequacy in design, software customization, manufacture,
fabrication, and installation works.
Provide warranty for all ICT equipment and system during
Defect Liability Period (DLP).
During the Defects Liability Period, all rectification works shall
be carried out by competent person. The service to be
performed and defects to be rectified and making good shall
be included.
All works shall be carried out within a reasonable time except
under emergency situation.
1.4 As-Built Documents
The Contractor shall submit documents / items as per
Schedule DICT to the PD / PD’s Representative for comment
and retention.
1.5 Qualification and Competency of ICT Consultant
The ICT Consultant to be appointed by Contractor
The ICT Designer personnel in-charge in this project and on-
site officer for project supervision purposes shall have
minimum qualification and competency as per Schedule EICT.
1.6 Qualification of ICT Contractor
The ICT contractor to be appointed by Contractor
2.0 Structured Cabling System
Propose structured cabling system that is ready for voice,
video and high-speed data.
End-to-End Solution product
Ensure smooth integration, easier maintenance and less
learning curve for the technical support team
Ensure the site is in good condition after the installation.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 69 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Submit shop drawing showing the trunking size, layout
etc. forapproval prior to installation.
Cables shall be installed in hot-dipped galvanized trunking and
must be marked and labelled.
Installation of heavy-duty uPVC conduit and trunking shall
comply with JKR’s Specifications.
All cables (LSZH fibre and Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) /
Shielded Twisted Pair (STP) shall be terminated in equipment
racks
Shop drawings that show proposed cable route and location of
network points and equipment rack shall be submitted.
Shall consider full functionality, maintainability and safety.
The work of supplying, laying, termination, testing and
commissioning for the cabling shall be done by a certified
installer.
2.1 Interbuilding Backbone
Involves cabling works to connect buildings together, in orderto
concentrate and distribute aggregated signals.
Design of the backbone cabling has taken into account theneed
for future expansion.
2.2 Intrabuilding Backbone (Vertical & Horizontal)
Ensure that the design of the backbone cabling has taken into
account the need for future expansion and can support
redundancy connection.
2.3 Horizontal Cabling
The Contractor shall propose location of network points.
Network points shall be provided to fulfill followingrequirements:
i) Minimum of one (1) point for every workstation
ii) Network printing and photocopy machines for certainratio of
users
iii) Network point requirements for open working areas
iv) Other requirements
Network points shall be equipped with a minimum of two (2)
power outlets.
Network points shall be of four (4) pair UTP cable.
2.4 Wireless Network Coverage (Wi-Fi)
Signal strength and quality report for design purposes shall be
provided using heat map tools.
Wireless Access Point (AP) to be installed at site shall be of
latest model.
For wireless system requires more than 40 nos. of AP, Wireless
Controller shall be provided.
Wireless AP shall be of lockable type to prevent from theft.
3.0 Active Equipment
3.1 Network Equipment

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 70 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Network equipment design shall be based on detail network
traffic study.
i) High bandwidth capacity and Multimedia Support
ii) Cost effectiveness
iii) Ease of operability and management
iv) Highest level of security and reliability
i) Modularity and Scalability
ii) Interoperability
iii) Scalability and Upgradability
iv) State-of-the-art technology features
Shall define the power requirements of the network system
and provide the protection system.
A firewall appliance shall be implemented to completely protect
the IT systems.
Core / Distribution switches shall be at least support Layer 2, 3
and 4 switching.
Access switches shall be at least support Layer 2 and 4
switching with 10GbE backbone.
Switches with multi-gigabit ports (2.5/5 and 10 GbE Base-T)
shall be provided for Wi-Fi 6 device.
LAN shall support Voice over IP.
Optimise the design in the interest of future expansion.
Configuration of the network system shall be tailored to the
END-USER environment.
Network shall provide suitable mechanism that is not
breached.
Contractor may propose any additional hardware and software
required to optimize the performance
3.2 Servers
Servers shall be original from manufacturers.
The server shall be the rack type and shall be housed in the
19” equipment rack.
Server shall be equipped with a management panel. The
server shall be also equipped with server management
software.
Servers provided should be able to be managed remotely.
Server shall be included with anti-virus software.
Servers shall reside in the Data Centre/ Server Room.

The Contractor shall include any additional hardware,
software
and server licensing that is required.
Shall provide latest technology such as virtual environment
solution for application server.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 71 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
3.3 Database (Appliance Based)
All Databases (appliance type) shall be original from the
manufacturer.
Shall come with a database proxy, firewall and query router
to cater for load balancing, high availability functionality,
security
and transparent to application.
Provide necessary software, hardware and tools
Capable of the easy execution of both simple queries within
2 seconds and complex queries within 5 seconds.
3.4 Storage and Backup System
Shall provide sufficient storage capacity.
The Contractor shall use transistor based or latest
technology of storage system.
Storage system shall be designed properly.
Shall provide latest technology of backup system.
Backup system shall have the capability to perform cross-
site replication of backup data.
Backup tape system shall be modular type, scalable for
expansion, cartridge slots base module, non-disruptive
serviceability.
Contractor shall conduct periodic test restores.
4.0 Telephone System
Responsibility of the Contractor to fulfill the requirements for
any works.
Responsibility of the Contractor for any associated
equipment or accessories required by telecommunication
provider.
4.1 Internal Telecommunication System
Internal telecommunication system provided shall be
Internet Protocol (IP) based, support Session Initiation
Protocol (SIP).
System shall include IP PBX hardware and software,
telephone sets and accessories.
IP PBX shall be rack mounted type, complete with
dedicated or built-in firewall or Session Border Controller
(SBC).
The IP PBX shall be expandable type.
UPS and battery capacity shall be not less than 30 minutes
at the rated capacity of the IP PBX
Installation shall be provided for the whole project complex/
campus.
Contractor shall supply and install underfloor cable duct
ways complete with junction and service boxes.
Shall provide IP based telephone sets with minimum of 2 x
1GbE port, compliance to SIP, support for both voice and
data communication.
Facsimile machine shall be to dedicated area.
Public telephones shall be provided.

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 72 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Direct back-up lines for telephone system shall be provided
for some designated room/areas.
Shall provide infrastructure for the Fibre to the Premise
(FTTP).
4.2 Telephone and Internet Service Subscription Lines
Shall provide and configure a telecommunication lines that
required by the project complex.
The telecommunication line facilities provided shall be able
to cater optimum speed and quality.
Shall configure the related equipment on Quality of Services
(QoS).
Shall liaise with telecommunication service provider.
Shall also coordinate with Bahagian Teknologi Maklumat.
The telecommunication line shall have dedicated direct line
for certain identified area.
4.3 External Telecommunication Works
Shall provide external telecommunication line infrastructure
for the project complex.
External telecommunication infrastructure shall include the
ducting, pre-cast manholes and removable concrete cover,
junction boxes, concrete trenches.
Underground duct system to connect the building where the
Main Distribution Frame (MDF).
Supply and install pre-cast manholes and making good the
surfaces.
No manholes shall be situated on the road and parking
space.
5.0 Integration Works
All integration, interface, cabling infrastructure and
interconnection of equipment and the system shall have
fully functional and interoperability.
The configuration and integration work with the existing
system may involve.
Use of the same system brand as the existing system to
ensure smooth integration, easier maintenance and less
learning curve for the technical support team.
Responsible for the submission of the necessary
applications to and liaise with the relevant utility provider or
Licensee, local
authorities and others relevant bodies.
All equipment, accessories, materials, work etc. required for
the proper and effective operation of the integration system
shall be included in the contract.
Contractor is responsible for all upgrading works on the
existing facilities.
6.0 In-Building Coverage (IBC) – Cellular System
Contractor shall conduct feasibility study and submit the
technical write up report in determine the requirement of
IBC – Cellular System
The Contractor shall provide IBC – Cellular System
infrastructure
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 73 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
The IBC – Cellular System Infrastructure shall be provided
for building that being categorized
The IBC – Cellular System infrastructure shall consist of
Telecommunication Equipment Room (TER)
7.0 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
Provide emergency supply system for power supply for all
Network Active Equipment Infrastructure.
7.1 Dedicated UPS (for Data Centre and/or Server Room)
UPS proposed shall be able to do auto shutdown of the
equipment if power failure persisted.
Battery for UPS is replaceable, hot-swappable
configuration,
and shall be fully covered by warranty.
UPS shall be IP based and supported by SNMP.
Sufficient capacity for the present full loads with 30% spare
capacity for future expansion.
Standalone UPS (for TC, Desktop Computer/
7.2
Workstation and IP PBX)
Sufficient capacity for the present full loads with 30% spare
capacity for future expansion
UPS at the TC shall be supported by SNMP protocol.
8.0 Office Automation (OA) System
OA equipment shall be original from the manufacturer,
reputable and reliable with strong local support service in
Malaysia
8.1 Desktop Computer
Desktop Computer must be a small form factor
Desktop Computer shall be of the latest generation
8.2 Desktop Workstation
Desktop Workstation shall be a full tower type (chasis form
factor)
The Desktop Workstation shall be of the latest generation
8.3 Laptop
Battery shall be capable to power up the laptop for a
minimum of 6 hours
Laptop shall be provided with mechanical lock
8.4 Printers
Shall provide suitable and standalone network printer
Certain areas, plotter, barcode/QR code labeling printer and
other type of special printer are required
Printer shall be configured properly to ensure its operability
The Contractor shall include minimum three (3) sets starter
pack’s toner
8.5 Document Scanner
Shall provide the latest appropriate scanner at suitable and
identified areas
8.6 Barcode / QR Code Reader
Barcode / QR Code Reader shall be able to connect to
computer screens or keyboards.
Reader shall be hand held or non-hand held.
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 74 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Code to be used by the reader shall be internationally
recognized symbology code.
The device shall be of portable type.
8.7 Biometric Reader
MyKad/MyKid reader shall capable to ‘read and write’ the
MyKad/MyKid and ‘read’ finger print using related software
application.
8.8 Third Party Software
Software for staff’s daily business operation use with
adequate numbers.
The Contractor shall also provide all related software for
fully functional of the project.
All software supplied under the contract shall be of
commonly used by END-USER
8.9 Telepresence System
Telepresence System shall comprise of but not limited to
camera, microphone, monitor, loudspeaker,
processor/codec, power supply unit, data storage etc.
Telepresence System can be fixed or mobile type based on
client’s requirement.
Shall be provided for example at Bilik Mesyuarat Utama,
Bilik Gerakan and other necessary locations.
Telepresence system shall be able to conduct video
conference with local or overseas participants.
Telepresence system design shall be based on the needs of
applications, requirements, rooms’ suitability, etc.
Telepresence system shall be fully International
Telecommunications Union (ITU) standards compliance
Network configuration of the Telepresence system shall
consider several factors such as bandwidth, reliability of the
network system, Quality of Services (QoS) etc.
Data Centre (DC) / Server Room / Telecommunication
9.0
Closet Room (TCR) Facilities
9.1 Data Centre (DC)
Shall be designed properly to provide the physical
environment necessary to house the active and passive
networking components.
Data Centre shall be sized to meet the present and
projected future requirements.
Design concept for Data Centre shall be based on “Green
Technology” concept
Design of the Data Centre shall take into consideration
about redundancy aspect
Data Centre generally shall consist of:
i) Server Room
ii) Network Operating Centre (NOC)
iii) Staging Room
iv) Mechanical Room

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 75 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
i) Electrical Room
ii) UPS and Battery Room
iii) Store Room
iv) Telecommunication Room
There shall be NO water or liquid pathway, sources and outlets
above the Data Centre
Data centre requirements
Contractor shall appoint certified System Integrator (SI) to
carry out the design, installation, supervision and testing and
commissioning works for the Data Centre
Contractor shall coordinate proper discussion between various
relevant disciplines in order to fulfil all requirements.
9.2 Server Room
Server Room is designed to house server or storage with 24x7
days operation
Size of Server Room shall be minimum 5m x 7m
Wall shall be of brick-wall or other material
Minimum height shall be 3.5m (from finished floor level to soffit
slab)
The floor shall be of raised-floor type with minimum 350mm
Facilities shall be designed with the latest Precision Air
Conditioning come with energy-efficiency cooling system
Network cabling approach shall apply top entry concept
Power cabling shall be laid through hot-dipped galvanized
trunking with top entry concept
Server room requirements
Telecommunication Earthing system shall be connected to
electrical Main Earthing Bar (MEB).
Contractor shall coordinate proper discussion between various
relevant discipline in order to fulfil all requirements.
9.3 Telecommunication Closet Room (TCR)
Contractor shall propose to JKR, space required for the
Telecommunication Closet Room (TCR) and comply with JKR’s
Specification.
Size of TCR shall be minimum 3m x 3m.
The Contractor shall ensure that the TCR complies to ASHRAE
Class A1, A2, A3, and A4 environmental requirements as
specified in ANSI/TIA 569-E. The temperature must be within
the range of 18°C - 27°C with relative humidity
(RH) 60% ±10%. The room shall be at suitable location with
good security.
The wall and floor finishes for TCR should be dust free.
Contractor shall provide two (2) numbers of TCR per floor or
more based on the total floor area.
Electrical and network cabling shall be laid overhead for top
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 76 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
loading into the equipment rack
10.0 Applications Development and Customisation
Conduct proper workshop and User Requirement Study (URS)
session.
The application shall be developed suit to the workflow,
processes and procedures.
The application shall be a browser-based application, an open
system.
The application developed shall be able to determine the
different access right.
The application shall be developed as an application that
provides on-line access
The application shall provide a personalized and single sign-on
facility for the user.
The application shall be accessible by users that have been
granted access based on client’s business process policy.
The application shall be accessible from any computer that has
network connection.
The application software shall be developed by using latest
version of programming language.
New developed application shall be integrated with the existing
related systems that implemented by the end-user.
The application shall provide secure and interactive data
exchange mechanisms.
The Contractor shall submit all technical documents.
11.0 Library System And Facilities
The Contractor shall provide proper Library setup with ICT
facilities.
The Library shall be fully equipped with facilities.
12.0 Security Posture Assessment (SPA)
Contractor shall propose a third party contractor (later named as
SPA’s Contractor) with the registration code 210101, 210102,
210103, 210104, 210105, 210107 under the Ministry of Finance
and the registration must be valid for at least 6 months.
SPA’s Contractor shall be independent and no relation with The
Contractor or any company that is registered under The
Contractor
SPA’s Contractor shall adhere to recommended security
practices from MyMIS, ISO27001 and Garis Panduan Penilaian
Tahap Keselamatan Rangkaian dan Sistem ICT Sektor Awam
(Surat Pekeliling Am Bilangan 3 Tahun 2009) or latest
SPA’s Contractor shall document, present and propose
solutions to all important security risks related to the SPA
activities
SPA’s Contractor shall produce and submit the minimum
following document but not limited to:
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 77 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
a. SPA’s Strategy and Implementation Plan
b. Pre-assessment document
c. Assessment Process / Activities document
d. Post-assessment / Solution proposal document
e. Any others related document that required for complete
process of SPA
The main scope of SPA activities by SPA’s Contractor are as
follows but not limited to:
a. Penetration test
b. Stress test
c. Network Security Assessment (NSA)
d. Wireless Security Assessment (WSA)
e. Application Security Assessment (ASA)
f. Host Security Assessment (HAS)
g. Physical Security Review Assessment
h. Database Security Assessment (DSA)
i. ICT Security Policy Review
13.0 Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Plan
13.1 Business Continuity Plan
a. To comply all requirement stated in this section
13.2 Disaster Recovery Plan
a. To comply all requirement stated in this section
14.0 ICT Training Room / Computer Lab System And Facilities
Training Room facilities requirements
Training For Key-User, Application, Network And System
15.0
Administrator
Structured training programs.
Certified and experience trainers.
Training program.
Training document and requirement.
Training can be conducted in the premise or outside.
In the event training need to be conducted outside of the
premise, the Contractor shall provide all expenses.
Training type or categories to be conduct
16.0 Additional Requirements for Health Facilities Project
16.1 Hospital Application System Software
The new hospital buildings/complex shall be equipped with
hospital’s application software.
For hospital upgrading project (additional block), the proposed
system shall be integrated with an existing hospital’s
application.
The proposed application system components.
Comply with international healthcare standard in managing and
exchanging information electronically

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 78 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Appropriate integration and usage in the new additional
hospital buildings.
The proposed system shall be customizable.
Contractor is responsible for all upgrading works on the existing
system.
The Contractor shall provide three (3) options of proposed
brand for the user related ICT equipment or applications such
as RIS/PACS, CCIS, LIS, PhIS etc. All the proposed brand shall
be tabulated as per Schedule IICT.
Government has the right to choose the brand and model of
ICT equipment or applications offered by the Contractor.
16.2 Hospital Application System Hardware
Equipment, licenses, appliances, servers, storage, computers
etc., to cater the application system requirement.
Comply with Health Level 7 (HL7) - FHIR or latest international
standard.
Storage capacity for all data. The
Barcode Labeling Printer and Reader.
Medical Grade Monitor.
Telepresence System.
16.3 Network Cabling Infrastructure
Each medical equipment shall be equipped with one (1) network
point (minimum) and connected directly from the TCR.
Each patient’s bed (Wards) shall be equipped with one (1)
dedicated network point.
Provide internal telecommunication system requirement as
stated in section 4.3.
Internal telecommunication system installation shall be provided
for the general area.
16.5 ICT Training Room / Computer Lab System and Facilities
Feasibility Study
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 79 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule H: ROOM DATA OF ELECTRICAL FACILITIES
Location (Floor & Block)
POWER
LIGHTS FANS TELEPHONE SECURITY AUDIO VISUAL PA SYSTEM
Socket Others
Others 1
Others 2
MATV
CCTV
ConF
1 Iso
3 Iso
1 AC
3 AC
PMS
PPS
ExF
Room
Fax
Mic
InA
Ext
WF
CA
SR
VC
BS
BS
CS
CF
DL
EL
U
K
Name
E
Room
1 A
Room
2
B
Room
3
C
Room
4 X
Room
5 Y
TOTAL
Signature of Authorized Personnel and Official Stamp of Contractor: Date:

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 80 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule H: ROOM DATA OF ELECTRICAL FACILITIES (CONT.)
E 13A socket from generator supply CCTV Closed Circuit Television System
Socket U 13A socket from UPS supply SECURITY CA Card Access
N 13A socket from normal supply InA Intruder Alarm
POWER 1 Iso 1 phase Isolator PMS Projector with Motorized Screen
3 Iso 3 phase Isolator PPS Projector with Pull Down Screen
Power
1 AC 1 phase Air Conditioner AUDIO VISUAL ConF Table Conference System
3 AC 3 phase Air Conditioner SR Sound Reinforcement System
E Lighting from generator supply Mic Microphone
N Lighting from normal supply MATV Master Antenna TV System
LIGHT
K Keluar sign BS Box Speaker
EL Emergency Lights PA SYSTEM CS Ceiling Speaker
CF Ceiling Fan VC Volume Controller
FANS WF Wall Fan Others 1
Exhaust Fan Contractor to itemize further (if any)
ExF Others 2
BS Boss Secretary Phone
DL Direct Lines
TELEPHONE Room data for ICT facilities to be prepared in separate schedule by contractor
Fax Fax Lines
Ext Extension Cat A / B / C Lines

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 81 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule HICT: ROOM DATA OF ICT FACILITIES
PRINTER
NETWORK POINT COMPUTER SCANNER OTHERS TELEPHONE
Network Local
Extension Cat A/
Scretary
Black and White
Black and White

PC Workstation
IP Door Access
Dedicated Line
MyKad / MyKid
Public Phone
Wireless AP
Notebeook
Tablet PCs
Equipment
B / C lines
Notebook
QR Code
Fax Line
Barcode
Barcode
IP CCTV
Laptop /
Medical
Trolley
Colour
Colour
Phone
Label
Boss
Total
UTP
STP
Room
HIS
Name
1 Room A
2 Room B
3 Room C
4 Room X
5 Room Y
TOTAL
Note:
- In Column Others 1 & 2 - Contractor to itemize further (if any)
- In Column Network Point: Total = UTP + STP
- In Column Network Point: Total = Medical Equipment + H.I.S + PC Workstation + Network Printer + Wireless
- Above table is just a suggestion format. Contractor may suggest any suitable format as long as it cover all ICT hardware that will be provided under this contract
and easy to understand
- Proposed quantity in this table is based on the contractor's suggestion. The final quantity is subject to the client’s requirements during room data interaction
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 82 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule I: SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED BRANDS (ELECTRICAL)
BRAND MODEL
NO. DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENTS
PROPOSED NO.
1 33kV MV SYSTEM
(Other items please itemize)
1.1 Power Transformer
Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS)
Metal Enclosed Switchgear (GCB – VCB as Circuit
1.2 Breaker)
1.3 33/19kV Underground Cable
Remote Control Panel (RCP)
1.4 Neutral Earth Resistor (NER)
Automatic on load Tap Changer
1 11kV MV SYSTEM
1.1 Distribution Transformer
Air Insulated Switchgear (AIS)
1.2 Metal Enclosed Switchgear
1.3 11/6.35kV Underground cable
Ring Main Unit (RMU)
Remote Control Panel (RCP)
MAIN SWITCHBOARD, POWER FACTOR
CORRECTION BOARD, AMF BOARD, FEEDER
2
PILLAR, DISTRIBUTION BOARD, CONTROL
BOARD
2.1 Main Switchboard / Subswitchboard (MSB / SSB)
2.2 Automatic Mains Failure (AMF) Board
2.3 Distribution Board (DB)
2.4 Control Board
2.5 Feeder Pillar
2.6 Air Circuit Breaker (ACB)
2.7 Microprocessor Based combined O/C & E/F Relay
2.8 Microprocessor Based O/C Relay
2.9 Microprocessor Based E/F Relay
2.10 Earth Leakage Relay c/w leakage indicator
Adjustable sensitivity & time delay Earth Leakage
2.11
Relay

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 83 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
BRAND MODEL
PROPOSED NO.
2.12 MCCB
2.13 MCB
2.14 RCCB
2.15 RCBO
2.16 Fuse Switch
2.17 Switch Fuse
2.18 Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment
2.19 Busbar Trunking
2.20 Thermostat control
2.21 Surge Protective Device (SPD)
2.22 Power Factor Correction Board
2.23 Microprocessor Based Power Factor Regulator
2.24 Capacitor
2.25 AC-6b Contactor
2.26 Reactor
3 STANDBY GENERATOR SET
3.1 Generator Sets
3.2 Diesel engine
3.3 Alternator
3.4 Standby Generator Control Boards
3.5 Synchronise Panel
3.6 Ni-Cad Battery
3.7 Battery Charger
UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS)
4
SYSTEM
4.1 12 pulse UPS
4.2 Ni-Cad Battery
4.3 Sealed Lead Acid (SLA) Battery
5 EARTHING
5.1 Copper Tape
5.2 Earth Chamber
5.3 Earth Electrode

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 84 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
BRAND MODEL
PROPOSED NO.
5.4 Main Earthing Bar
5.5 Exothermic welding
5.6 Ground enhancement material
6 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
6.1 Copper Tape
6.2 Earth Chamber
6.3 Earth Electrode
6.4 Air Terminal
6.5 DC Tape clip
6.6 Testing joint
6.7 LPS components
6.8 Heavy Duty uPVC ducting
6.9 Heavy Duty Junction Box
UNDERGROUND COPPER CABLE &
7
ACCESSORIES
7.1 PVC/SWA/PVC cable
7.2 XLPE/SWA/PVC cable
7.3 XLPE/AWA/PVC cable
7.4 Cable gland
7.5 Earth tag washer
7.6 Heat Shrinkable Cable Termination
8 SUBMAIN CABLE
8.1 PVC,PVC/PVC,XLPE/PVC Cable
Mineral Insulated Mineral Sheath Copper Conductor (
8.2
MIMS) Fire Resistance Cable
CONDUIT / TRUNKING / CABLE TRAY / CABLE
9
LADDER
9.1 GS conduit
9.2 GS conduit accessories
9.3 Heavy Duty uPVC Conduit
9.4 uPVC Conduit accessories
9.5 Flexible GS conduit

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 85 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
BRAND MODEL
PROPOSED NO.
9.6 PVC Coated Flexible GS conduit
9.7 Hot Dipped Galvanised Trunking
9.8 Perforated Hot Dipped Galvanised Cable Tray
9.9 Hot Dipped Galvanised Cable Ladder
10 SWITCHES, SOCKETS AND ACCESSORIES
10.1 Big Rocker/ Dolly /Metalclad SP/DP Switch
10.2 Switched Socket Outlet/Unswitched Socket Outlet
10.3 Metalclad Isolator
10.4 Polycarbonate Isolator
10.5 Fireman Switch (FMS)
WEATHER PROOF SWITCHES, SOCKETS AND
11
ACCESSORIES
11.1 Weather proof isolator
11.2 Weather proof sliding switch
11.3 Weather proof switch socket outlet
12 ANTI CORROSIVE TYPE INSTALLATION
Notes: All fittings shall undergo anti corrosive
12.1 treatment and label as ‘Double hybrid epoxy polyster
powder coating’
12.2 Aluminium reflector 1 x 18 Watt
WEATHER PROOF OUTDOOR LUMINAIRE &
13
ACCESSORIES
13.1 (Other items please itemize)
13.2 Flood light luminaire
13.3 Street Lighting
13.4 Compound Lighting
13.5 Aircraft warning light luminaire
13.6 Façade Lighting
13.7 Bollard Lighting
13.8 Highmast Lighting

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 86 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
BRAND MODEL
PROPOSED NO.
14 INDOOR LUMINAIRES & ACCESSORIES
14.1 Fluorescent Luminaires
14.2 LED Luminaires (T8 LED)
14.3 LED Luminaires (Linear LED)
14.4 CFL Downlight Luminaire
14.5 LED Downlight Luminaire c/w frosted tempered glass
14.6 LED Keluar sign
14.7 LED Emergency Light
14.8 LED Emergency Light – Recessed Mounted
14.9 LED Flood Light
14.10 LED High Bay Luminaires
14.11 High Bay Luminaires
14.12 HPSV Flood Light Metal Halide Flood Light
14.13 Motion Sensor Photo Sensor
14.14 High Bay Luminaires
14.15 HPSV Flood Light
15 FAN
15.1 Ceiling Fan
15.2 Wall Fan
15.3 Industrialised wall Fan
15.4 Oscillating Fan
15.5 Exhaust Fan
15.6 High Volume Low Speed (HVLS) Fan
16 SCREEDED UNDERFLOOR DUCTING SYSTEM
16.1 Heavy Duty uPVC ducting
3 compartment zink alloy die-cast cover junction box
16.2
c/w Galvanised Flyover
3 compartment zinc alloy die-cast cover service outlet
16.3
box
16.4 3 compartment vertical access box
16.5 Underfloor type switched socket outlet
16.6 Angular RJ45 for telephone
16.7 Angular RJ45 for data
JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 87 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
BRAND MODEL
PROPOSED NO.
17 OTHER EQUIPMENTS
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 88 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule IICT: MANUFACTURER’S BRAND LIST
BRAND MODEL
PROPOSED NO.
1 STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM
UTP/STP CAT 6A Cable or latest
UTP/STP Patch Cord
Face Plate (angle type with shutter)
Fibre Optic Indoor Cable (support 10GbE speed)
Fibre Optic Outdoor Cable (support 10GbE speed)
Fibre Patch Cord
High Impact uPVC Conduit
Hot-dipped Galvanized Trunking
Labelling
Cable Management
Cable Tie
2 TCR/Server Room/Data Centre Facility
Equipment Rack (TCR)
Equipment Rack (Server Room)
Rack Grounding
Earthing (Signal Reference Grid)
IP Card Access
IP CCTV
Raised Floor
Water Detection System
Smoke Detector
Server Room Cooling System
Cleant Agent Fire fighting
Heat Detection System
Environmental Monitoring System
3 Active Equipment
Core Switch
Distribution Switch

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 89 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
BRAND MODEL
PROPOSED NO.
Access Switch
Wireless Access Point
Wireless LAN Controller
Router
UPS Data Centre / Server, IP PBX
Firewall
Blade Server
Storage Area Network
Antivirus - Server
Antivirus – Desktop Computer/Workstation
Network Management System
Unified Threat Management
Network Performance Monitor
Network Bandwidth Management
Active Directory
DHCP
Backup System
Multigigabit Switch for Wi-Fi 6 or latest
4 Other Hardware
Desktop Computer
Desktop Workstation
Laptop
UPS
Printer Colour (Network)
Printer Monochrome (Network)
Printer Colour (Local)
Printer Monochrome (Local)
Label Printer
Document Scanner
Barcode / QR Code Reader
Biometric Reader
Telepresence System

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 90 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
BRAND MODEL
PROPOSED NO.
5 Application (Where Applicable)
HIS
RIS
PACS
LIS
CCIS
6 Telephony
IP PBX (SIP compliance)
Session Boarder Controller
Equipment Rack
Fibre Distribution Box
Fibre Wall Socket/ FTTP
Fax Machine
IP Telephone Set Premium (SIP)
IP Telephone Set Basic (SIP)
Call billing system
Desktop Computer
Operator Console

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 91 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Note:
- Contractor shall be list out the item that not listed in the Table.
- Fill ‘N/A’ for the item that not capable in this contract.
- Contractor shall propose brand listed in the EMAL
- Government has the right to choose the brand and model of ICT equipment or applications offered
by the Contractor.
mentioned the deviations specifically
Date :

JKR MALAYSIA
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 92 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule IELV: SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED BRANDS
DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENTS
BRAND
(Contractor to fill where applicable and add where MODEL*
PROPOSED**
necessary)
Public Address (PA) System
1. Preamplifier
2. Modular mixer
3. Digital mixer
4. Power amplifier
5. Automatic changeover unit
6. Zone selector
7. Ceiling loudspeaker
8. Box loudspeaker
9. Horn loudspeaker
10. Volume controller
Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) System

1. Dome camera
2. Bullet camera
3. Box camera
4. PTZ camera
5. Server
6. Video management system
7. Disk storage array
8. Network video recorder (NVR)
9. Workstation
10. Display CPU
11. LED monitor

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 93 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
BRAND
PROPOSED**
necessary)
Electronic Access Control System
1. Access control management software
2. Server
3. Computer
4. Access controller
5. Card reader
6. Biometric reader
7. Contactless smart card
8. Boom gate system controller
9. Heavy duty boom gate
Audio Visual (AV) System

1. Microphone
2. Audio mixer
3. Power amplifier
4. Full range loudspeaker
5. HDMI wall receptacle
6. HDMI Transmitter
7. HDMI Receiver
8. HDMI Switcher
9. HDMI Distribution Amplifier
10. HDMI Audio De-embedder
11. LCD Projector
12. Projector Screen
13. LED Display Monitor
Sound Reinforcement System (SRS)

1. Microphone
2. Professional audio mixer
3. Digital signal processor
4. Power amplifier
5. Full range loudspeaker
6. Sub-woofer
7. Stage monitor loudspeaker

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 94 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
BRAND
PROPOSED**
necessary)
8. Monitor loudspeaker
Video Projection System (VPS)

1. HDMI wall receptacle
2. HDMI transmitter
3. HDMI receiver
4. HDMI switcher
5. HDMI dstribution amplifier
6. HDMI audio de-embedder
7. LCD projector
8. Projector screen
9. LED display monitor
Master Antenna Television (MATV) / SMATV

(Satellite)
1. UHF antenna
2. Satellite dish
3. UHF channelized amplifier
4. Broadband amplifier
5. Satellite amplifier
6. Splitter
7. Tap off unit
8. Multiswitch
9. Vertical cable
10. Horizontal cable
11. Booster amplifier
12. Wall outlet
Conference System
1. Control unit
2. Chairman unit
3. Delegate unit

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 95 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
BRAND
PROPOSED**
necessary)
Audio & Video Intercom System
1. Master station
2. Audio remote station
3. Video remote station
Firemen Intercom System

1. System status/indicator panel
2. Master handset panel
3. Remote handset status/indicator panel
4. Remote terminal unit
5. Remote handset
Stage Lighting System

1. Stage lighting luminaires
2. DMX controller
3. DMX splitter
4. Motorised lighting barrel
Stage Curtain System

1. Curtain
2. Motorised curtain track
3.
Queue Management System
1. Ticker printer
2. Queue processor c/w software
3. Counter terminal
4. Counter display
5. Multimedia information controller
6. Loudspeaker
7. LED monitor
Multimedia Information Display System

1. Multimedia information controller
2. LED monitor

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 96 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
BRAND
PROPOSED**
necessary)
Info Kiosk System
1. Info kiosk software
2. Touch screen monitor c/w processor
Master Clock and Elapse Time Clock System

1. Master clock/precision clock
2. Secondary clock
3. Elapse time clock
Intruder Alarm System

1.Alarm Control Panel
2. Keypad System
3. Magnetic Contact
4. Vibration Sensor
5.Motion Sensor
6. External/Internal Siren
Nurse Call System

1.Nurse Call System Management & Diagnostic
2. VoIP gateway
3.Nurse Console Module
4.Corridor Message Display Unit and Corridor Light
5.Bed Station Module with Speech module
6.Toilet Pull Cord Station
7. Patient Handset
Two Way Communication system

System proposal shall follow as per Circular Treasury
(central Control)
Imaging Speak Through

1.

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 97 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
BRAND
PROPOSED**
necessary)
Teleconference System/ Tie-Line For OT/required
room
1.
Audio Recording System for autopsy Room

1.
**Only one brand to be proposed.
We acknowledge that the actual model shall be selected based on the approved construction
drawing, ability to meet its intended application and function, having fulfilling the requirement of the
work brief and need statement. Any catalogues in the contract document are meant for indication
only and shall not be binding.
Date :

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 98 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule IEERE: MANUFACTURER’S BRAND LIST
BRAND MODEL
PROPOSED NO.
1 ENERGY EFFICIENCY
Indoor Luminaires (LED)
Outdoor Luminaires (LED)
Wall Fan
Ceiling Fan
Cables
2 RENEWABLE ENERGY
Solar PV Module
Grid Inverter
Charge Controller
Bi-Directional Inverter
Energy Storage (Battery)
Nota:
- Sila senaraikan jika terdapat item yang tertinggal
- Isikan N/A bagi item yang tidak berkenaan
- Sesetengah peralatan perlu mendapat kelulusan EMAL
- Pihak Kerajaan diberikuasa untuk menentukan pilihan ke atas sesuatu peralatan di mana pihak
kontraktor menawarkan alternative (pilihan – pilihan) kepada jenama utama
Date :

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 99 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule J: SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED MOCK-UP
LOCATION OF
MODEL
NO. DESCRIPTION OF MOCK-UP / EQUIPMENTS MOCK-UP
NO.
PROPOSED
1 Conduit Wiring
2 Under floor ducting
3 Trunking system
4 Socket outlet
5 Luminaire
6 Fan

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 100 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule K: ENERGY EFFICIENCY CHECKLIST (ELECTRICAL ASPECTS ONLY)
NO. DESCRIPTION OF MOCK-UP / EQUIPMENTS
PROPOSAL PROPOSAL
1 Lighting
Use Energy Efficient Lights
Use Energy Efficient Electronic Ballasts
Use Energy Efficient Electromagnetic Ballast
(loss not exceed than 6.0W)
Illuminance design according to MS1525 / MS 
ISO 8995
Lighting zone control for spaces enclosed by wall
and ceiling height partitions by provided one on-
off operated switch
Lighting switch next to exit door
Light circuit parallel to day light
Separate circuit for day light use
Day light sensor near to window
Occupancy sensor for intermittently occupied
areas
2 Transformer
Select a transformer with a rating close to but
exceeding the peak demand
Design voltage is recommended not to exceed
5% of the rated value
Design shall target to achieve power factor at
least 0.9 lagging at the incoming
Design to maintain electric frequency to 50Hz
with variations not exceeding +/- 1% 
Design the locations of power transformers and
main switchboards sighted at their load centre
Distance of Transformer from load centre:
a) Load fed by Transformers: > 600A
- not more than 20 metres
b) Load fed by Transformers: 300A to 600A
- not more than 100 metres
The cast resin dry type transformers are of low
iron and low copper loss

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 101 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
NO. DESCRIPTION OF MOCK-UP / EQUIPMENTS
PROPOSAL PROPOSAL
3 Monitoring System
Electrical Energy Metres near to each distribution
boards
Energy Management System (EMS) 
Building Automation System (BAS)
Date :

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 102 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule L: TRAINING ON SYSTEMS / SERVICES PROVIDED
NO. DESCRIPTION
PROPOSAL PROPOSAL
A Medium Voltage (MV) System

a)
33kV switchgear, transformer & associated 
works and equipment
11kV switchgear, transformer & associated 
b) works and equipment
B Low Voltage (LV) System
a)
External Lighting Installation (Special type if 
any)
b) Standby Generator Set 
c) Uninterruptible Power Supply System 
C Extra Low Voltage (ELV) System
a)
Public Address Systems/Fireman 
Emergency Announcement
b)
Conference Equipment and 
Teleconferencing Facilities
c) Audio-Visual Equipment 
d) Sound Reinforcement System 
e)
(SMATV) Master TV / FM Antennae System 
and Equipment
f) Security System 
g) Stage Lighting System 
h) Stage Curtain System 
i) Queue System 
j) Acoustic Treatment 
k) Electronic Display Board System 
l) Electronic Info Kiosk 
m) Intercom System 
n) Master Clock System 
o) Intruder Alarm System 
p) Nurse Call system 
q) Two Way communication System 
Imaging Speak Trough 

r)
Conference Equipment and Teleconferencing 
s) Facilities /Teleconference / Tie Line System
for OT Room/required room
Audio Recording System For Autospy 
t)
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 103 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
NO. DESCRIPTION
PROPOSAL PROPOSAL
D Information & Communication Technology 

(ICT) System
a)
Network cabling Infrastructure 
b)
Hardware Equipment 
c) Software for Office Automation & Backend 

Database
d)
Applications for Business Operation 
Including Business Process Reengineering
e) ICT Training Centre / Computer Lab & 
Facilities
f)
Library & Facilities 
g)
Training for Network & 
System Administrator
h) Data Centre / Server Room and Recovery 
Centre
i) PABX 

SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 104 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
NO. DESCRIPTION
PROPOSAL PROPOSAL
E Medical Equipment
a) Operation Theatre Light 
b) Operation Theatre Table 
c) Operation Theatre Panel 
d) Digital Radiography System 
e) High End Multidetector CT Scan 128 Slices 
f) Magnetic Resonance Image (MRI) 3T 
g) Digital Multipurpose C-Arm Fluoroscopy 
h) Digital Mammography Tomosynthesis 
i) OPG Function (Orthopantogram) 
j) CBCT (Cone Beam Computed Tomography) 
k) Bone Densitometry 
l) Angiography 
m) X-Ray Viewer/Illuminator 
n) Mobile X-Ray 
o) Ultrasound High End 
p) Digital Intra Oral X-Ray 
q) DDA Cabinet 
r) Examination Light 
s) Others (Please specify) 
Date :

105
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 105 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule M: ELECTRICAL/ELV/ICT/ MEDICAL EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE (DLP)
RATE AMOUNT
(RM) (RM)
ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE FOR 24
MONTHS
Electrical Maintenance work for 24 months

including provision of maintenance team on
site, spare part, planned and preventive
maintenance (PPM) schedule etc.
A Technical Personnel
1 Electrical / ELV / ICT /Medical Equipment months 24
Supervisor - 1 Person
B Competent Person for Operation
1a Chargeman (MV) - 1 Person (if required) months 24
1b Chargeman (LV) - 1 Person months 24
Wiremen (PW4) - 1 Person months 24
2 Electrical Supervising Engineer – 1 Person visit 1
3 Energy Auditor - 1 Person (Part time Visiting) visit 4
C Electrical Protection System Recalibration LS 1
(Lump sum For all relays installed)
D Trades Sublet
(inclusive of spare parts for second year only)
1 Electrical LS 1
2 Audio Visual LS 1
3 ICT LS 1
TOTAL ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE FOR 24 MONTHS
Date :

106
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 106 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule NBIM: BIM BRIF PROJEK JKR
BIM BROF PROJEK JKR

(Maklumat akan diselaraskan oleh pihak HOPT)
1 PENGENALAN
BIM BRIF PROJEK (BPB) merupakan dokumen yang menerangkan keperluan dan kehendak
pelanggan bagi projek yang dilaksanakan secara BIM. Dokumen ini menggariskan sasaran,
objektif dan peranan pemegang taruh.
BPB perlu dibangunkan semasa fasa perancangan projek bagi memastikan keberkesanannya.
Dokumen ini menerangkan kehendak pelanggan dan perlu disertakan di dalam Dokumen Tender.
BIM Project Execution Plan (BPEP) akan dibangunkan berpandukan dokumen ini dan akan
digunakan sepanjang perlaksanaan projek.
2 MAKLUMAT PROJEK
Nama Projek :
Pelanggan :
Pengurus Program :
Kaedah
:
Perlaksanaan
Lokasi Projek :
3 SASARAN PROJEK
3.1 SKOP KERJA BIM
Skop Kerja yang dilaksanakan secara BIM adalah seperti berikut:
BIL. SKOP KERJA BIM
3.2 OBJEKTIF, KEGUNAAN DAN DELIVERABLES
Objektif, Kegunaan dan Deliverables BIM bagi projek adalah seperti berikut:
BIL. OBJEKTIF KEGUNAAN DELIVERABLES

107
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 107 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
4 KEPERLUAN TEKNIKAL
4.1 PLATFORM PERKONGISAN / CDE
Platform perkongsian data BIM perlu disediakan sebagai pusat penyimpanan dan medium
perkongsian data BIM. Penyelarasan operasi pusat penyimpanan data yang perlu mengambilkira
aspek kawalan keselamatan, perkongsian, transmisi, sekuriti, akses dan aspek keselamatan ICT
yang mematuhi ‘Dasar dan Garis Panduan Keselamatan ICT JKR’ dan ‘Dasar Keselamatan
Teknologi Maklumat dan Komunikasi (ICT) Kementerian Komunikasi dan Multimedia Malaysia
(KKMM)’. Pusat Data BIM perlu diselenggara bagi memastikan ianya berfungsi sepanjang
tempoh perlaksanaan projek.
4.2 PERISIAN
BIL. APLIKASI PERISIAN VERSI

i Penyediaan Model
Revit & Civil 3D
ii Penyediaan Lukisan/Dokumen
iii Analisis Keperluan Ruang Revit
iv Koordinasi Reka Bentuk Navisworks
v Simulasi Pembinaan Navisworks
vi Rekod Model Revit & Civil 3D
4.3 DATA FORMAT DAN FORMAT EXCHANGE
Rujuk dokumen BIM: Piawaian JKR.
5 KEPERLUAN KHAS PELANGGAN
Keperluan pelanggan yang tidak dinyatakan di dalam Dokumen Pematuhan BIM JKR hendaklah
dinyatakan di ruangan ini.
6 DOKUMEN PEMATUHAN
i. BIM: Garis Panduan JKR

ii. BIM: Piawaian JKR

108
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 108 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule OBIM: BIM DELIVERABLES SUMMARY
NO. BIM DELIVERABLES

i. TENDER PROPOSAL PHASE:
a. Sample Electrical BIM Model in Softcopy not less than LOD 500
i. Electrical Model (.rvt)
ii. DETAIL DESIGN PHASE
a. Coordinated Model not less than LOD 300
i. Electrical Model (.rvt & .nwc & .nwd)
iii. CONSTRUCTION PHASE
a. Construction Model not less than LOD 400
i. Electrical Model (.rvt)
iv. HANDING OVER PHASE
a. As-Built Model not less than LOD 500
i. Electrical Model (.rvt & .nwd)

109
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 109 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule PBIM: LIST REQUIREMENTS OF THE BIM DELIVERABLES FOR ELECTRICAL

MODEL
The following list only applies to the BIM Deliverables to be submitted from the Detail Design to the
Handing Over Phase.
A. MODEL INTEGRITY AND QUALITY
No. Description
1 Electrical Model developed in accordance with the specified electrical design
Electrical Model structure is according to rules that are easily managed. For example
2 the electrical systems in a building are divided into zones, level and according to
electrical sub-system i.e. LV, ELV and ICT
3 Electrical Model uses the Project Base Point of Architectural Model
4 Electrical Model uses the gridlines and levels of Architectural Model
Electrical elements / components are placed to the correct host (host example: walls,
5 ceiling, floor)
Electrical Model files are named according to the PWD’s BIM Guidelines and
6 Standards
Electrical elements/components modelled by not using the component’s in place
7 method otherwise instructed by P.D/P.D’s Representative
8 Appropriate 2D symbol in plan view shall representing specified component
B. PROJECT INFORMATION
No. Description
1 Project Information shall be the same and complete as Architecture Model
C. PROJECT BROWSER ORGANIZATION
No. Description
1.0 Views (Electrical)
1.1 Views (Electrical) are created and categorized into two:
a) WIP – Works in Progress
b) DOCUMENTATION
1.2 Contents of WIP are managed according to the rules for electrical as follows:
a) MV – Medium Voltage
b) LV – Low Voltage
c) ELV – Extra Low Voltage
d) ICT – Information and Communication Technology
e) Trunking/Conduit

110
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 110 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Contents of DOCUMENTATION are managed according to the rules for electrical as

1.3
follows:
e) Trunking/Conduit
2.0 Legends
2.1 Contents of Legends are managed according to the rules for electrical as follows:
a) Schedules of Component’s Quantity
b) General Notes
c) Details Drawing
3.0 Schedules/Quantities
Contents of Schedules/Quantities are Schedule Of Electrical Components according
3.1
to Electrical Component Family Category
4.0 Sheets
Contents of Sheets are electrical drawings that are managed according to the rules for
4.1
electrical as follows:
e) Trunking/Conduit
All electrical drawing in a), b), c), d) and e) above are managed by number and title of
4.2
the drawings.
5.0 Link Files
5.1 Files for the models linked with Electrical Model are correct and up-to-date

111
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 111 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
D. ELECTRICAL FAMILIES
No. Description
Components and System Families Category to respective components are to
1.0
fulfil these criteria:
Standard Component File Naming Shall Be in Accordance with Geometry and
a) Standard
Quality and Integrity
b)
Information
c)
Design Geometry
d)
1.1 Cable Tray & Fittings
1.2 Conduit & Fittings
1.3 Communication Devices
1.4 Data Devices
1.5 Telephone Devices
1.6 Electrical Equipment
1.7 Electrical Fixtures
1.8 Fire Alarm Devices
1.9 Lighting Devices
1.10 Lighting Fixtures
1.11 Nurse Call Devices
1.12 Security Devices
E. PROPERTIES AND VISIBILITY GRAPHIC
No. Description
Checking the Service Type of System Family for Conduit (LV, ELV & ICT
1.0
System)
1.1 Service Type - According to design
1.2 Service Type - Complete

Checking the Service Type of System Family for Conduit (LV, ELV & ICT
2.0
System)
2.1 Patterns – Correct Colour Code for System
2.2 Patterns – Complete

Checking the Service Type of System Family for Cable Ladder/ Cable Tray/
3.0
Trunking (LV, ELV & ICT System)
3.1 Service Type - According to design
3.2 Service Type - Complete

112
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 112 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
No. Description
Checking the Service Type of System Family for Cable Ladder/ Cable Tray/
4.0
Trunking (LV, ELV & ICT System)
4.1 Patterns – Correct Colour Code for System
4.2 Patterns – Complete

113
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 113 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Schedule QBIM: BIM SAMPLE MODEL REQUIREMENT

Sample of BIM
1 a. Level of Development (LOD): 500
Electrical Model
b. Minimum system requirement: Low Voltage (LV) System
c. Level of Information (LOI): refer Annex EBIM: List Parametres
of Electrical Family Category
d. Format model: .rvt
e. Submission model: softcopy

114
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 114 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
24.0 APPENDICES
Appendix BIM: BIM SAMPLE MODEL REQUIREMENT
1.0 SCOPE OF BIM WORKS
The Description of the Scope of BIM Works in the project is as per Schedule NBIM: BIM Brif
Projek JKR attached.
2.0 BIM DELIVERABLES
2.1 The Contractor shall coordinate and prepare the BIM Deliverables as indicated in the Schedule
OBIM: BIM Deliverables Summary. The typical BIM elements to be provided in the BIM
models shall be in accordance with the Pre-Bid, BIM: Garis Panduan JKR and BIM: Piawaian
JKR, unless otherwise specified in the BIM Project Execution Plan (BPEP) and subject to the
P.D.’s acceptance.
2.2 The model shall include all geometry, physical characteristics, materials, coding, tagging,
graphic, specifications and product data needed to describe the design and construction works,
and the as-built for the works done. All drawings, schedules, simulations and services required
for assessment, review, analysis and construction shall be extracted from this model.
2.3 BIM Deliverables shall be produced, updated, submitted and shared in accordance to the
requirements as specified in this JKR Needs Statement.
2.4 The Contractor shall be liable for any electronic file corruption or unintended amendment,
modification or alteration of data available in the BIM deliverables during the transmission
and/or submission process. The Contractor shall ensure that the BIM deliverables are
protected from any threat during transmission via folders/ devices/ web/ internet by providing
comprehensive maintenance, routine scanning and back-up programs throughout the contract
period, all at the expenses of the Contractor. The maintenance shall include all necessary
periodic servicing and renewal of licenses, fees and charges for the usage of the BIM
deliverables.
3.0 MODEL REQUIREMENT
3.1 The Contractor shall provide BIM models created with Level of Development (LOD) required
for each project phases specified in this JKR Needs Statement. The models shall be embodied
with proper object information and parametric relationship in accordance with goodengineering
practice.
3.2 The model development shall be classified in accordance with the project development stages.
The list of parametre names required to determine the LOD are as per Annex A:List of
Parametres of Electrical Family Category.
3.3 The model submitted shall be in manageable order by using project browser, naming
convention and project template according to BIM: Garis Panduan JKR and BIM: Piawaian
JKR. All the above requirements must be managed accordingly by using Project Browser in
Revit.

115
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 115 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
3.4 Unless otherwise stated in this JKR Needs Statement, any existing building or structure that
interfaces with the project shall be modelled as massing model(s) to address the potential
interferences at the areas of interface during the project.
3.5 The Contractor shall ensure that each model’s developed adhere to the Sistem Kod Aset Tak
Alih (SKATA) and Garis Panduan Pengumpulan & Pelabelan Aset Tak Alih Kerajaan
(PeDATA). This includes naming convention for building’s code, building’s level code, space
area code and component’s object code.
3.6 All components in the model shall be tagged and labelled according to the design component
including but not limited to zoning and looping.
3.7 All floor areas, schedules of material and schedules of quantity shall be extracted directly from
the model to support cost estimation. These generated schedules will be used solely as a guide
for cost estimation. Any quantity or figure produced in the Contractor's Proposal for any system
or portion of work shall be taken as purely indicative only. No claims shall be entertained on
any discrepancy in quantities and/or work items.
3.8 Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall refer to Annex A: List of Parametres of
Electrical Family Category which indicate the parametre names required for LOD 300 to LOD
500 for all the model elements and components used. Component schedules shall be
generated from the model to indicate all the symbols, description and quantities of every
element. However, any additional parametre name and/or component family required by the
Government in order to suit the accepted design, shall be developed and added by the
Contractor and shall not be treated as variation to the contract.
3.9 The development of the BIM models required for this project must be confirmed by using
(Schedule C: List of Requirements of the BIM Deliverables for Electrical Model). The
Contractor shall submit all the BIM models including all the necessary checklist forms as
required together with their proposal.
4.0 MODEL QUALITY
4.1 The model quality shall include but not limited to:
a) Components with accurate geometry, function, type, coding, specification, material,

graphic and associated parametres according to the LOD requirements;
b) Materials with coding, specification, graphic and rendered properties according to the
LOD requirements;
c) An efficient, consistent and accurate modeling practice with acceptable related warnings:
e.g. eliminate object overlap, incorrect close wall intersections,;
d) Parametric models and components with dimension accuracy according to design intent,
analysis and construction;
e) Models with correct application of material and functionality;
f) The use of correct component classification for modeling: e.g. the use of electrical fixtures
category objects for a switch socket outlet;
g) The maintenance of parametric linkages within the model at all times to enable automatic
generation of all plans, sections, elevations, custom details and schedules as well as 3D
views. Documentation of the models shall not happen outside of the BIM software;

116
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 116 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
h) The use of appropriate and interoperable viewing, checking, and output file formats such
as .dwfx, .nwd, etc.;
i) The use of model checking tools (e.g. Navisworks Manage) to confirm the validity and
accuracy of files/models and adherence to design requirement/needs statement; and
j) If the exact equipment specification is not available for tender submission purposes, the
equipment shall be modelled to form its overall height, length, width and depth, in
accordance to design specified in the Pre-Bid documents (LOD 200).
5.0 DESIGN MODEL
5.1 The following electrical elements shall be modelled as per described in Electrical Needs
Statement to a level that defines the design intent and accurately represents the detailed
design solution. Electrical elements are to be modelled for within electrical discipline and
interdisciplinary coordination (details as per Annex A: List of Parametres of Electrical
Family Category). These electrical elements include but not limited to:
a) Medium voltage system;

b) Low voltage system;
c) Extra low voltage system;
d) Information and communication technology system;
e) Medical Equipment under the electrical scope; and
f) Other electrical services.
5.2 All components shall be modelled to the actual outside face dimension.
5.3 Conduits of 20mm or greater in size and all cable ladders, cable trays and trunking are required
to be modelled.
5.4 Electrical wiring circuit configuration shall be modelled to indicate the actual design.
5.5 All components under electrical systems shall be tagged accordingly to indicate the designed
circuit numbering and labelling where applicable. These include but not limited to circuit
numbering for lighting, socket outlet, isolators and fans; and labelling for distribution boards,
sub switchboard and main switchboards.
5.6 Electrical component schedules shall be generated from the model to indicate all the symbols,
descriptions and quantities.
5.7 The model developed shall be viewable according to the division of electrical services as per
described in Electrical Needs Statement and can be further viewed down according to the
systems provided under each electrical.
5.8 A colour scheme shall be established to clearly distinguish the various systems such as Low
Voltage (LV), Extra Low Voltage (ELV), Information and Communication Technology (ICT),
non-essential, essential and Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS). The identification of the
pipelines and services colour scheme shall be as per JKR Specification for Low Voltage
Electrical Installation (LS-1).

117
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 117 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
6.0 CLASH ANALYSIS
6.1 Clash Analysis shall be carried out prior to the commencement of construction phase to identify
interferences of building components within each electrical discipline and among other
disciplines. Clashes need to be resolved upfront to reduce conflicts that may have cost
implication and cause delay in project completion.
6.2 Throughout the modelling process, any design conflict or clash or interference shall be
identified and properly documented. There shall be no clash between the components to
ensure that the design intent is met.
6.3 Clashes in the model are categorized into two (2) types:
a) Hard Clash - Two (2) components or elements occupy the same space; and
b) Soft Clash - Components or elements having insufficient spatial/geometric tolerance or
buffer.
6.4 The Contractor shall fulfil the followings:
a) Carry out Clash Analysis on Electrical model;

b) The Clash Analysis Reports shall be submitted for reference as and when requested by the
P.D.; and
c) Every clash identified in Clash Analysis Reports must be resolved before construction works
begin on site. No claims for extra cost shall be entertained for any essential part of the clash
resolution in order to suit the accepted design.
7.0 DESIGN COORDINATION
7.1 The Contractor shall carry out design coordination to check on the integrity of all the detailed
Design Model. The aim of the design coordination is to resolve discrepancies in drawing details
and design documentation, lack of design information and constructability issues before the
commencement of works on site. The Contractor shall fulfil the followings:
a) Carry out visual demonstration on the coordinated detailed Design Models such as
walkthroughs, sectioning, measures and mark-ups upon stake holders request in Technical
and Site Meeting throughout the whole project duration; and
b) The Design Coordination Reports shall be submitted for reference as and when requested
by the P.D.

118
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 118 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
8.0 COORDINATED MODEL
8.1 The Contractor shall submit Coordinated Model consists of the combination of the completed
final design and clash-free Electrical models before the commencement of the works on site.
This Coordinated Model shall be ready to be used as a Construction Model.
9.0 CONSTRUCTION MODEL
9.1 The Contractor shall develop construction models complete with approved fabrication and
assembly details where applicable or useful for construction works. The models shall reflect
the latest technical requirements approved by the P.D. The construction models shall be used
for construction simulation, site coordination and construction administration documents
e.g. RFIs, directives and variation orders (VO).
9.2 The Contractor shall update these models progressively to include any change that may occur
during construction.
9.3 For monitoring purpose, the Contractor shall mandatorily submit the progressively updated
models to the P.D., each at the stages of 10%, 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% of project physical
progress.
9.4 Nevertheless, the Contractor shall also able to provide the updated models at any construction
progress stage whenever required by the P.D. The final submission of the models shall lead to
the production of the project as-built.
10.0 AS-BUILT MODEL
10.1 The Contractor shall generate as-built models from the final updated Construction modelsand
shall represent the actual assembly of the project. The components are at LOD 500 (Refer
Annex A: List of Parametres of Electrical Family Category).
10.2 The Contractor shall update and link the as-built models with equipment and asset information.
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to acquire and integrate the data into the said models.
The as-built models shall be handed over to the P.D. once the project is completed.
11.0 AS-INSTALLED MODEL
11.1 The Contractor shall produce the as-installed drawings generated from the as-built models
as specified in the Contract.
11.2 Soft copies of as-installed drawings shall be submitted in .pdf, .dwfx and .dwg formats.
11.3 The printed version of the as-installed drawings as required by the contract shall be produced
from these soft copies.

119
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 119 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
12.0 ANNEX
ANNEX A: LIST OF PARAMETRES OF ELECTRICAL FAMILY CATEGORY
Below are the list of parametres of electrical family category:
1. Family Category: LIGHTING FIXTURES

2. Family Category: LIGHTING DEVICES
3. Family Category: ELECTRICAL FIXTURES
4. Family Category: ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
5. Family Category: TELEPHONE DEVICES
6. Family Category: DATA DEVICES
7. Family Category: COMMUNICATION DEVICES
8. Family Category: SECURITY DEVICES
9. Family Category: NURSE CALL DEVICES
10. Family Category: FIRE ALARM DEVICES
11. Family Category: CABLE TRAY & FITTINGS
12. Family Category: CONDUIT & FITTINGS

120
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 120 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
ANNEX A: LIST OF PARAMETRES OF ELECTRICAL FAMILY CATEGORY
Family Category: LIGHTING FIXTURES
Category: LIGHTING FIXTURES
Level of Level of
Parametre Parametre
LOD 100 Development Development
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
Type Instance
Electrical Engineering Identity Data
Kadaran_Voltan_jkr_step √ √ √ Nota_jkr_six √ √ √
Kadaran_Arus_jkr_stec √ √ √ Electrical Loads
Kadaran_Kuasa_jkr_stew √ √ √ Nombor_litar_jkr_sit √ √ √
Electrical Loads Data
Klasifikasi_Beban_stel √ √ √ Pengilang_jkr_sit √ √
Identity Data Model_jkr_sit √ √
Simbol_komponen_jkr_ste √ √ √ Jenama_jkr_sit √ √
No_Pesanan_Rasmi
Data √ √
Kerajaan_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti
Sub_Sistem_jkr_stt √ √ √ √ √
Tamat_jkr_sit
Kod_DAK_Komponen_jkr_stt √ √ Kos_Perolehan_jkr_sic √ √
Sistem_jkr_stt √ √ √ Tarikh_Tamat DLP_jkr_sit √ √
Saiz_Fizikal_jkr_stt √ √ Alamat_Pembekal_jkr_sit √ √
Jenis_jkr_stt √ √ Tarikh_Dipasang_jkr_sit √ √
Kaedah_Pemasangan_jkr stt √ √ √ No_Tel_Kontraktor_jkr_sit √ √
No_Tel_Pembekal_jkr_sit √ √
Alamat_Kontraktor_jkr_sit √ √
Jangka_Hayat_jkr_sit √ √
Pembekal_jkr_sit √ √
Kontraktor_jkr_sit √ √

121
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 121 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Family Category: LIGHTING DEVICES
Category: LIGHTING DEVICES
Level of Level of
Parametre Parametre
Development Development
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
Type Instance
Kadaran_Arus_jkr_stec √ √ √ Data
Kadaran_Kuasa_jkr_stew √ √ √ Pengilang_jkr sit √ √
Electrical Loads Model_jkr_sit √ √
Klasifikasi_Beban_stel √ √ √ Jenama_jkr_sit √ √
No_Pesanan_Rasmi
Identity Data √ √
Kerajaan_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti
Data √ √
Tamat_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti
Sub_Sistem_jkr_stt √ √ √ Tamat_jkr_sit √ √

122
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 122 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Family Category: ELECTRICAL FIXTURES
Category: ELECTRICAL FIXTURES
Level of Level of
Parametre Parametre
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
Type Instance
No_Pesanan_Rasmi
Kerajaan_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti
Data √ √
Tamat_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti

123
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 123 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Family Category: ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
Category: ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
Level of Level of
Parametre Parametre
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
Type Instance
No_Pesanan_Rasmi
Kerajaan_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti
Data √ √
Tamat_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti

124
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 124 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Family Category: TELEPHONE DEVICES
Category: TELEPHONE DEVICES
Level of Level of
Parametre Parametre
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
Type Instance
No_Pesanan_Rasmi
Kerajaan_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti
Data √ √
Tamat_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti

125
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 125 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Family Category: DATA DEVICES
Category: DATA DEVICES
Level of Level of
Parametre Parametre
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
Type Instance
No_Pesanan_Rasmi
Kerajaan_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti
Data √ √
Tamat_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti

126
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 126 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Family Category: COMMUNICATION DEVICES
Category: COMMUNICATION DEVICES
Level of Level of
Parametre Parametre
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
Type Instance
No_Pesanan_Rasmi
Kerajaan_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti
Data √ √
Tamat_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti

127
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 127 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Family Category: SECURITY DEVICES
Category: SECURITY DEVICES
Level of Level of
Parametre Parametre
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
Type Instance
No_Pesanan_Rasmi
Kerajaan_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti
Data √ √
Tamat_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti

128
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 128 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Family Category: NURSE CALL DEVICES
Category: NURSE CALL DEVICES
Level of Level of
Parametre Parametre
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
Type Instance
No_Pesanan_Rasmi
Kerajaan_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti
Data √ √
Tamat_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti

129
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 129 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Family Category: FIRE ALARM DEVICES
Category: FIRE ALARM DEVICES
Level of Level of
Parametre Parametre
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
Type Instance
No_Pesanan_Rasmi
Kerajaan_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti
Data √ √
Tamat_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti

130
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 130 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Family Category: CABLE TRAY & FITTINGS
Category: CABLE TRAY & FITTINGS
Level of Level of
Parametre Parametre
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
Type Instance
No_Pesanan_Rasmi
Kerajaan_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti
Data √ √
Tamat_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti

131
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 131 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Family Category: CONDUIT & FITTINGS
Category: CONDUIT & FITTINGS
Level of Level of
Parametre Parametre
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
LOD 100
LOD 200
LOD 300
LOD 400
LOD 500
Type Instance
No_Pesanan_Rasmi
Kerajaan_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti
Data √ √
Tamat_jkr_sit
Tarikh_Waranti

132
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 132 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Appendix ELV: EXTRA LOW VOLTAGE (ELV) SYSTEM
1.0 GENERAL
The work covered in this section shall include the design, supply, delivery, installation,testing,
commissioning and handing over in approved working condition and provide free maintenance
thereafter during the defects liability period. The contractor shall furnish and install complete
system as specified with all necessary apparatus and equipment, wiring, etc., required to
ensure on completion, a system of professional quality in excellent working order.
The design of a security system which may include CCTV, electronic access control, perimetre
intrusion detection, bollard etc. shall be advised and approved by Pejabat Ketua Pegawai
Keselamatan Kerajaan Malaysia (CGSO). In the premises where national and state event are
to be conducted, the advice and approval of Jabatan Penyiaran Malaysia shall be obtained for
the design of the system with visual and audio components.
All electrical cabling and wiring infrastructure works shall follow the current JKR specification
for Low Voltage Internal Electrical Installation complete with addendums. All equipment shall
be rated for operation on a 230/400 V (within the tolerance as defined in MS IEC 60038;
230/400 V, +10%, -6%), 3 phase, 4 wire, 50 Hz system with solidly earthed neutral.
A security control room shall be provided for personnel to man among others the PA system,
CCTV monitoring, fireman intercom system etc. To avoid tampering with the security equipment
such as network switches, CCTV recording etc. a separate secured room within the security
control room shall be provided. All SRS and VPS equipment shall be kept in and provided with
a dedicated control room. Audio visual equipment and rack in small or medium size rooms shall
be kept in built in cabinet or small room, keeping it out of view from the public.
All Extra Low Voltage (ELV) System which are susceptible to lightning and surges shall be
provided with suitable surge protective devices (SPDs). The proposed surge protection system
shall be a combination of power and data SPD. They shall be installed in various locations of
ELV system and equipment installation. The Contractor shall indicate these in the design
drawings and shall follow the JKR specification for Low Voltage Internal Electrical Installation
specifications for the SPDs.
The whole system shall be properly configured for operation as well as tested for compliance
and performance. Equipment shall be properly set up and configured. Functional test shall be
performed to indicate correct operation and performance of all equipment.

133
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 133 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
2.0 PUBLIC ADDRESS (PA) SYSTEM
2.1 Concept
a) A complete Public Address (PA) System shall comprise of but not limited to input signals, input
management, signal amplification, output control and monitoring, loudspeakers, cabling and all
other necessary equipment as required to provide a complete and fully operational PAsystem.
b) PA system coverage shall be provided at locations to fulfill the requirement of Uniform Building
By Laws (UBBL) or Jabatan Bomba dan Penyelamat or client’s operation.
c) The loudspeaker design and distribution shall be able to deliver a required sound pressure level
(SPL) of 10dB above the ambient noise (in dBA) measured on-axis at the listening plane, but
not less than 75 dBA or exceeding 95 dBA. Loudspeakers shall be located to provideas uniform
coverage as possible.
2.2 System Descriptions
a) All equipment supplied shall be easily maintained, high quality, up to date, elegant in design
and easy to operate.
b) The PA system shall be linked to fire control system to allow for automatic emergency
announcement in the event of fire emergency.
c) The equipment shall operate from both main power supply and on a 24 V DC back-up battery
power supply.
d) The PA system shall be suitable for speech transmission with frequency response from 100Hz
to 15kHz. The system shall be of high impedance, 100V line type providing clear and audible
message with zoning facilities.
e) The emergency paging system shall have facilities for selective zone paging and over-riding
into all zones for announcement/alarm signal.
f) The paging microphone shall be provided at suitable and practical locations with zoneselection
buttons.
g) Individual zone volume control with overriding facility shall be provided to control the volume
level for certain areas where necessary.
h) Loudspeaker type shall be suitable for the location of its intended application.
i) Ceiling loudspeaker shall be used at locations where suspended ceiling is provided. It shall
be completed with fire resistance back enclosure. Ceiling loudspeaker mounted on
false/suspended ceiling shall be supported adequately by an approved mean to carry its own
weight and not rested directly on the ceiling.
j) All front end equipment such as mixer, amplifiers, patching panels etc. shall be rack mounted
in a standard 19 inch rack located in a designated control room.

134
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 134 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
k) Back up battery of sufficient capacity to operate the system for at least thirty (30) minutes or
any longer duration as required by the Jabatan Bomba dan Penyelamat shall be provided.
l) Cable size shall be selected such that signal level attenuation between the amplifier output and
the input of the final loudspeaker point of one particular circuit does not exceed 10%. In any
case cable size shall not be less than 18 American Wire Gauge (AWG). Care shall be taken to
separate the line level signal with the loudspeaker circuit, and with the power cable.
m) Loudspeaker cabling shall be using twisted pair, PVC insulated, PVC jacketed, stranded tinned
copper conductor of relevant dimension in G.S conduit/HDG trunking. The loudspeaker
distribution wiring shall be terminated at each loudspeaker point by a terminal block or socket
such that the loudspeaker can be disconnected without disturbing the permanent wiring.
3.0 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) SYSTEM
3.1 Concept
a) The main objective of the CCTV system is to provide general surveillance and to increase the
safety level of client, owner or visitors to the building/premises. Cameras shall be strategically
located throughout the premises (internal and external) to provide coverage which satisfy the
intended security application.
b) Generally the cameras shall be located based on the followings:-
i) At entrance and exit points of the overall complex;

ii) Able to recognise/identify person passing through every entry and exit points of a building;
iii) Able to recognise/identify person passing through every entry and exit points of each floor
of a building;
iv) Able to recognise/identify person passing through the entry and exit points of rooms with
restricted access (e.g.: strong room, controlled document room, CCTV control room, cash
room, server room etc.);
v) Able to recognise/identify motor vehicle (or person) travelling through the entry and exit
points of parking levels, and provide surveillance at parking level areas;
vi) Other strategic internal and external locations satisfying the intended security application.
These locations are subjected to the approval and endorsement of the CGSO, and shall be
amended accordingly.
3.2 System Description
a) The CCTV system shall be of digital internet protocol (IP) type with camera of at least four (4)
mega pixels, 4MP resolution. The camera shall be suitable for day and night operation, with
infra-red (IR) capabilities.
b) The type of camera proposed shall be suitable with the area of its intended application. All
cameras shall be equipped with varifocal lenses, except pan tilt zoom (PTZ) camera that shall
be equipped with suitable zoom lens.

135
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 135 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
c) For external exposed open areas, the camera shall be of a weatherproof and vandal proof type.
The housing for the outdoor camera shall be of IP66 ingress protection rating.
d) External cameras are generally mounted on a 3.5 metre (m) hot dipped galvanized pole. Where
camera pole installation is required with height exceeding 5m, a collapsible pole complete with
all necessary accessories shall be use for ease of maintenance.
e) The CCTV system shall employ H.265 or latest type of compression method technology.
f) The system shall be equipped with a video management system which is capable of providing
full function of CCTV system technology. The picture shall be digitally recorded andable to be
viewed in real-time. A suitable computer workstation shall be provided for managing and
accessing the CCTV system.
g) Console table shall be provided for the CCTV system complete with suitable number of
minimum 42” 4K LED monitor at designated control room.
h) The CCTV system shall be provided with enough storage capacity for 24 hours (continuous
recording) full resolution recording of each camera at minimum 15 frames per second (fps).
Recording shall generally be retained in storage for a minimum duration as shown below from
the date of recording:-
i) Ninety (90) days – Premises with very high national interest such as national border, main
national entry/exit point, high profile ministry building etc.
ii) Sixty (60) days – Secured premises such as prison, detention centre etc.
iii) Thirty (30) days – Any other premises.
These durations are subjected to the approval and endorsement of the CGSO, and shall be
i) Additionally the system shall be capable for event recording, alarm triggered recording and
scheduled recording.
j) The CCTV system shall be equipped with a backup power source to enable it to operate even
when the main power supply is disconnected or interrupted.

136
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 136 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
4.0 ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM
4.1 Concept
a) The electronic access control system shall provide a systematic access control to the building
or premise. Only an authenticated person shall have an access to the building. The system
shall consist of a combination of hardware and software to operate. The card access system
shall be provided complete with all the required accessories for it to be fully functional.
b) The propose access system:
i) Shall provide a controlled access and only an authenticated person shall have an access
to the building.
ii) The electronic access system shall be installed at strategic locations suitable for its
intended security application. If required the access system design shall be able to be
integrated with the existing system (if any).
c) Generally the access control shall be provided based on the followings:-
i) Where entry of public vehicles are restricted, suitable boom arm gate systems shallbe
provided at the main complex entrances and at the staff parking levels;
ii) Need to limit access to certain areas (e.g.: restricting visitors/public from accessingareas
meant for staff, restricting staff from other departments etc.);
iii) Need to limit access to certain rooms (e.g.: strong room, controlled document room,
CCTV control room, cash room, server room etc.);
iv) Other locations satisfying the intended security application.
These locations are subjected to the approval and endorsement of the CGSO, and shall be
a) The system shall be of digital IP type.
b) It shall be linked to the fire control system to allow automatic door release in the event of fire
emergency.
c) Security encryption shall be of minimum DESFIRE EV1 or equivalent;
d) Card users shall be segregated into suitable functional groups based on for examples
department they belong to, access level, visitors etc.
e) Contractor shall be responsible for the initial card users enrollment inclusive of providing
sufficient cards, user data (photographs, credentials etc.), printing and other related works.
f) Door access system shall be equipped with an independent power source and back up battery
(7 AH or minimum of 3 hours whichever is higher) to enable it to operate even when the main
power supply is disconnected or interrupted.
g) For safety purpose, there shall be an emergency break glass to automatically release the
electromagnetic lock in order for the door to be opened in emergency situations.
137
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 137 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
h) The access system module shall provide basic function of controlling the entry and exit through
the particular door or route that it protects.
i) The card reader shall be mounted unobtrusively. It shall have LED indicator and audible sound
to indicate operations.
j) Computer workstation shall be provided for user to manage the access control system. Suitable
card printer c/w black (1000 prints) and colour ink (250 prints) cartridges shall be provided. A
minimum of 100 spare cards shall be provided.
5.0 AUDIO VISUAL (AV) SYSTEM
5.1 Concept
a) A complete audio visual system shall comprise of but not limited to, audio mixing console,
microphone, power amplifier, loudspeaker, switcher, projector and motorized projection screen.
Audio or visual system or both is normally used for proceeding or presentation in small or
medium size rooms.
b) It shall be provided where audio visual system is deemed needed to support the room's function
for example at meeting rooms, lecture room, seminar rooms, courtrooms and other necessary
locations as required.
c) The system shall be a multi-purpose type that could provide high-intelligibility speech
reproduction and audio visual multimedia presentation.
a) The visual system shall at minimum supports full high definition (HD) (1920 X 1080 pixels)
digital video signals.
b) Design shall take into consideration losses that may occur. As such booster, transmitter,
receiver or similar devices may be required.
c) Where necessary a high bandwidth digital video switcher shall be used for input/output video
switching.
d) High intensity/illumination projector capable of providing a minimum of 3500 ANSI Lumens or

500 lux projected screen illumination or the ratio of projected screen illumination to on screen
ambient illumination is 7:1, whichever is higher shall be used to project the digital sources to
the projection screen. The projector shall be a HD type suitable for the purpose of data, images
and video processing. It shall have a minimum resolution of WUXGA (1920 x 1200 pixels)
resolution.
e) The projector shall be capable of interfacing with computers, and remote control shall be
available to give total flexibility in adjustments of projected images, brightness, colour rendering
etc. A spare lamp shall be provided.
f) Images shall be projected direct onto suitable front motorized projection screen. The projected
images shall be with minimum obstruction and visible to all audience. The height of the screen
shall not be less than 1/6th the distance to the last intended audience. Lens with
138
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 138 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
the correct focal length and off-axis adjustment with lens shift mechanism and keystone
correction shall be provided together with the projector. The default aspect ratio shall be 16 :
10.
g) Where required, additional LED monitor maybe required to support the visual system. They
shall support full HD resolution. LED monitors mounted or attached to table shall be of minimum
22” size. Monitors intended for shared view shall be of minimum 42” in size.
h) Audio visual receptacle panels shall be located strategically inside the designated room or area
specified. AV receptacle panels (with built-in digital transmitter) or digital transmitter or digital
receiver shall be capable to be remotely powered from the equipment rack.
i) Video’s input resolution and frequency shall be maintained to ensure the signal integrity,
consistency and linearity at long distance.
j) The audio system shall have good clarity suitable for speech transmission and frequency
response range from 100Hz to 15kHz. If deemed required the clarity shall be assessed
accordingly based on agreed indices such as ALCONS, STI etc.
k) It shall be able to deliver a required sound pressure level (SPL) of 10dB above the ambient
noise (in dBA) measured on-axis at the listening plane, but not less than 75 dBA or exceeding
95 dBA with at least 6dB of headroom and minimum variation.
l) Audio input sources where required may comprise of dynamic wired microphone, wireless
lavalier microphone, wireless dynamic microphone, media sources etc.
m) Where required microphone receptacle panels shall be located strategically inside the
designated room/areas specified. Each receptacle panel shall contain female XLR connector
for microphone input.
n) Rack mounted audio mixer shall be used for audio mixing and input signal processing. It shall
be of low distortion and low crosstalk level type providing clean and undistorted output signal.
o) Digital video signals shall be transmitted using high quality factory terminated cables.
p) The AV signal data and power circuits shall run in separate G.S conduit/HDG trunking and
should be well spaced from electrical power conduits.
q) Dynamic wired microphones shall include an extension cable with heavy-duty XLR connectors.

139
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 139 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
6.0 SOUND REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM (SRS)
6.1 Concept
a) A complete sound reinforcement system (SRS) shall at minimum comprise of but not limited to
microphone and input sources, professional audio mixing console, power amplifier and
loudspeaker. SRS is normally used in large venues or spaces to support a performance or
large audience presentation.
b) SRS shall be provided where it is deemed needed to support the venues function forexample
at auditorium, lecture hall, multipurpose hall and other necessary locations asrequired.
c) The system shall provide adequate dynamic range and an acoustic distortion level sufficiently
low to prevent listening fatigue.
d) All precaution shall be taken to prevent cross talk between any channels and there shall be no
electromagnetic/electrostatic hum in the system.
a) The system shall be able to provide uniform distribution of sound pressure level (SPL)
throughout the listening area.
b) It shall be able to deliver a required sound pressure level (SPL) uniformly of 10dB above the
ambient noise (in dBA) measured on-axis at seated audience listening level but not less than
75dBA or exceeding 95dBA average program level with at least 6dB of headroom and minimum
variation.
c) The frequency response range at the listening area shall be from 100Hz to 15kHz, and with
speech intelligibility rating within the audience area for articulation loss of consonants
(%ALCON) shall not exceed 15% or speech transmission index (STI) shall not be less than
0.5 or common intelligibility scale (CIS) shall not be less than 0.7. Simulation result using
acoustic simulation software shall be provided for the distribution of sound pressure level and
prediction speech intelligibility rating.
d) The system shall comprise of low impedance high power full range loudspeakers. The
loudspeaker location will be based on the best system performance requirements.
e) The SRS shall be used to support live speech and music as well as playback from media
sources.
f) Input sources where required may comprise of dynamic wired microphone, wireless lavalier
microphone, wireless dynamic microphone, media sources etc.
g) Microphone receptacle panels shall be located strategically inside the designated room or
areas specified. Each receptacle panel shall contain female XLR connector for microphone
input.

140
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 140 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
h) Professional audio mixing console shall be used for audio mixing and input signal processing.
The audio mixer shall be of professional type with low distortion and cross talk level providing
clean and undistorted output signal.
i) Where required digital signal processor or similar shall be provided to enhance and improve
the audio signal quality.
j) The audio signal data and power circuits shall run in separate G.S conduit/HDG trunking and
k) Dynamic wired microphones shall include an extension cable with heavy-duty XLR connectors.
7.0 VISUAL PROJECTION SYSTEM (VPS)
7.1 Concept
a) A complete Visual Projection System (VPS) shall comprise of but not limited to inputs, switcher,
projector, motorized projection screen, monitors etc.
b) VPS is normally used in large venues or spaces to support performance or large audience
presentation. Visual Projection System shall be shall be provided where it is deemed needed
to support the venues function for example auditorium, lecture hall, multipurpose hall and other
necessary locations as per requirement.
a) The VPS shall at minimum supports full HD (1920 X 1080 pixels) digital video signals.
b) Design shall take into consideration losses that may occur. As such booster, transmitter,
receiver or similar devices may be required.
c) A high bandwidth digital video switcher shall be used for input/output video switching.
d) High intensity/illumination projector capable of providing a minimum of 3500 ANSI Lumens or

500 lux projected screen illumination or the ratio of projected screen illumination to on screen
ambient illumination is 7:1, whichever is higher shall be used to project the digital sources to
the projection screen. The projector shall be a high definition type for the purpose of data,
images and video processing. It shall have a minimum resolution of WUXGA (1920 x 1200
pixels) resolution.
e) Where required the projector shall be fixed to a double scissor motorised lift system suspended
from the ceiling when in use and concealed in the ceiling when not in use. The motorized lift
system shall allow full descent to allow maintenance and servicing of the projector.
f) The viewing angle shall be such that viewers are not required to turn their head more than 45º
to view the projected image. In such situation additinal projector and projection screen shall be
installed.

141
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 141 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
g) The projector shall be capable of interfacing with computers and other input devices, and
remote control shall be available to give total flexibility in adjustments of projected images,
brightness, colour rendering etc. A spare lamp shall be provided.
h) Images shall be projected direct onto suitable front motorized projection screen. The projected
images shall be with minimum obstruction and visible to all audience. The height of the screen
shall not be less than 1/6th the distance to the last intended audience. Lens with the correct
focal length and off-axis adjustment with lens shift mechanism and keystone correction shall
be provided together with the projector. The default aspect ratio shall be 16 : 10.
i) Receptacle panels shall be located strategically inside the designated venue/area specified.
Each receptacle panel shall contain connectors for both audio and video inputs. Receptacle
panels (with built-in digital transmitter) or digital transmitter or digital receiver shall be capable
to be remotely powered from the equipment rack.
j) Video’s input resolution and frequency shall be maintained to ensure the signal integrity,
consistency and linearity at long distance.
k) Digital video signals shall be transmitted using high quality factory terminated video cables.
l) The video signal data and power circuits shall run in separate G.S conduit/HDG trunking and
8.0 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION (MATV) / SMATV (SATELLITE)
8.1 Concept
a) A complete MATV/SMATV system shall comprise of but not limited to:
i) Antennas and digital satellite dish (if applicable) c/w low noise block (LNB) downconverter.
ii) Head end equipment consisting of power supply module, satellite amplifier, terrestrial
channelize amplifier, mounting rails, interconnecting links and cables.
iii) Distribution components such as splitter, multiswitch, tap-off, low loss satellite coaxial
cabling system, wall outlet etc.
a) The distribution system shall be designed such that the signal level at the wall outlet is between
5dBmV (65 dBμV) to 15dBmV (75 dBμV). The signal shall be free from anydistortion such as
ghosting, adjacent channels interference etc.
b) The system shall be capable of receiving all the available locally broadcasted TV stations. Each
broadcast channel shall have its own antennae and amplifier. The satellite system shall be
capable of receiving latest digital transmission (horizontal high, horizontal low, vertical high and
vertical low polarisations) complete with dish and amplifier. They shall be constructed from
material not susceptible to rusting or other form of corrosion due to local weather condition.

142
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 142 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
c) The MATV/SMATV system shall be protected with suitable surge protective devices.
d) The antennas and dish shall be installed at the highest possible location to ensure strong
terrestrial and free from obstacle satellite reception. They shall be properly aligned foroptimum
reception and minimising interference.
e) A 75Ω F-type connectors shall be used on all RF input and output.
f) Amplifier module shall be enclosed in fully screened aluminium housing providing a high degree
of protection against RF interference.
g) MATV/SMATV wall outlets shall be of single outlet type only (no through or looping) complete
with outputs for television and satellite.
h) Vertical backbone between the antennas and satellite dish to headend equipment, multiswitch,
splitters and tap-off units shall be using the low loss coaxial cable of RG11 type. Cable shall be
constructed from minimum 14AWG solid bare copper-covered steel conductor with gas-
injected foam polyethylene dielectric. It shall be double shielded with metal foil and braid to
reduce interference. The outer sheath shall be of white PVC.
i) Cabling between multiswitches, splitters or tap-off units to wall outlet shall be using the low loss
coaxial cable of RG6 type. Cable shall be constructed from minimum 18AWG solid bare copper-
covered steel conductor with gas-injected foam polyethylene dielectric. It shall be double
shielded with metal foil and braid to reduce interference. The outer sheath shall be of white
PVC.
9.0 CONFERENCE SYSTEM
9.1 Concept
a) A complete conference system shall comprised of but not limited to a central control unit,
chairman unit, delegate units and power supply etc.
b) Conference system shall fulfill the requirements of a discussion or conference system, and
provide speech reinforcement in a meeting and conference room.
c) The chairman and delegate units shall have built-in loudspeakers for easy listening.
a) The conference system offered shall provide continuous high reliability service with minimum
maintenance required. It shall be extremely easy to use and set up. The system shall have
built-in protection against overload and short circuits.
b) In addition to the ‘microphone on’ button the chairman units shall feature a ‘chairman priority’
button. When pressed the priority button causes all currently active delegate microphones to
be temporarily or permanently muted.

143
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 143 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
c) On the temporary setting, delegate microphones are muted only as-long as the chairman has
the priority button pressed down. On the permanent setting delegates must reactivate their
microphone after a ‘chairman priority’ announcement by pressing the ‘microphone on’ button
on their delegate unit.
10.0 AUDIO & VIDEO INTERCOM SYSTEM
10.1 Concept
a) Audio intercom shall be provided at locations where voice communications are required for
action confirmation or assistance such as at strong room, guard house, boom gate, patient
wards and other necessary locations as required.
b) Video intercom shall be provided at locations where voice communication and visual
confirmation are required for further action and assistance such as at hospital operation theatre,
entrance to detention or correctional facilities and other necessary locations as required.
c) The intercom system shall be used for full duplex voice and visual communication. The system
shall comprise of master stations and remote stations. The master station shall permits calls to
remote stations located in various locations.
d) A typical installation shall consist of a master station installed at a convenient location and
several remote stations installed at various other locations.
a) The intercom system shall be of IP type and all stations shall be powered by power over
ethernet (PoE).
b) All remote stations shall be equipped with a loudspeaker and call button. Video intercom remote
stations shall also be equipped with a camera of 720p colour resolution. All remote stations
shall be capable of hands free operation.
c) Master station shall be equipped with a handset, loudspeaker and dial buttons. Master station
intended for video intercom system shall also be equipped with a minimum 5” colour LCD
screen.

144
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 144 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
11.0 FIREMAN INTERCOM SYSTEM
11.1 Concept
a) A complete firemen intercom system shall comprise of but not limited to system status/indicator
panel, master handset panel, remote handset status/indicator panel, remote terminal unit,
remote handset, power supply etc.
b) A premise that met the requirement specified in the Malaysian Uniform Building By-Laws and
Jabatan Bomba Dan Penyelamat shall be provided with a firemen intercom system.
a) The system shall be of a standalone system type providing fire brigade communications system
with one to one and/or conference two way communication between remote handsetsin a
building and the main panel located at a designated control centre.
b) The system shall be able to be self-supervising to detect and to monitor any wire breakage,
wire shorted, unauthorized removal of remote handset, to annunciate and to display visual
signal.
c) Self-contained storage batteries complete with charger shall be provided to enable thesystem
to be operational during main power supply and essential power supply failure. During such
condition, battery capacity provided shall be able to maintain system operational for at least 3
hours.
d) The battery charger shall be capable of charging a fully discharged battery within 24 hours by
normal charge method to a fully charged condition.
e) The firemen intercom system shall be house in a suitable console or cabinet.
12.0 STAGE LIGHTING SYSTEM
12.1 Concept
a) A complete stage lighting system shall generally be provided for auditorium, multipurpose hall
and other necessary locations as per requirement.
b) The stage lighting system shall provide illumination of the speakers or performers, to insist
them in communicating with the audience. The stage lighting shall comprise of frontal, top and
back lighting, which shall reveal form, define space and distinguish the speaker or performer
from the surrounding environment.
a) The stage lighting system luminaires shall be of light emitting diode (LED) type.
b) Lighting fittings shall be positioned taking into consideration safe and easy access to the
lighting fittings and equipment for servicing, maintenance and occasional adjustment as
necessary.

145
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 145 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
c) The stage lighting control system shall include all the necessary equipment such as DMX
controllers, DMX splitter, power supply, interfacing panels etc. required for a complete
installation.
d) Electrical cables subjected to movement such as feeder for the motorised barrel shall be using
neoprene cable.
e) The complete LED luminaires together with other associated accessories shall conform to
safety specifications in all respects with regards to design, construction, performance and tests.
f) The lighting barrels (either fixed or motorised) shall be fixed permanently to a suitable structure
at the stage area complete with necessary anchor bolts, angle iron, brackets etc. The barrels
shall be manufactured from heavy duty pipes. The pipes shall be painted in matteblack. The
lighting barrel must be able to support the weight of all the stage luminaires attached to it with
spare capacity for additional stage luminaires.
13.0 STAGE CURTAIN SYSTEM
13.1 Concept
a) A complete Stage Curtain System shall comprise of but not limited to, motorised center parting
curtain complete with motor drawn assembly, curtain track assembly and control panel, top
masking curtain complete with curtain track and wing border curtain complete with curtain track.
b) A Stage Curtain System shall be provided at Auditorium, Dewan Serbaguna, etc. and other
a) The curtain track shall be rigid construction and manufactured from heavy gauge steel. It shall
be installed with 2’ 0” overlap at the center and shall be long enough to allow the gathering of
the curtain fold to clear the full proscenium opening when they are fully drawn apart. Curtain
shall be mounted by means of curtain tab hooks at short intervals on to the curtain carriers,
which roll on the curtain track. The curtain track shall comprise of basic track components such
as sash line head pulley, return pulley, guide pulley, face fixing brackets, stud bolts, universal
clips, standard runners, carrier, stop bracket etc. The track shall be fabricated to suit the hall.
Runners for the track shall be suitable load bearing capacity and shall be spaced at suitable
interval along the length of the track.
b) The center parting drawn curtain, whether opening or closing, shall be by means of electrically
motorized curtain controller and complete with manual operating device of sufficient capacity
to suit the curtain material offered.
c) The motor-drum assembly shall be completed with a hand winding facility such that in case of
power failure, the curtain can be easily operated manually. The motor drum assembly shall be
of self-containing unit and mounted on the structural steel beam/column, 2 metre above floor
level convenient for manual operation.

146
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 146 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
d) The curtain actual dimensions shall be suited to architectural requirement with 2’ center
overlapping and made of fire retardant material. The curtain shall have not less 50% in fullness.
It shall be webbed all round. The top of the curtains shall be reinforced with webbingsewn
through lining and facing material and snap hooks sewn on at 12 inches interval. The bottom
of the curtain shall be chain weighted at 3 inches from the bottom of the curtain. The weight
shall be sufficient to keep the curtain in contact with stage floor during draw motion.
e) The curtain material shall be of quality flame proof velvet with density not less than 520 gm/sq.
metre. Samples of materials of various colours for the make-up of the curtain shall be submitted
for selection and approval by the P.D or his representative.
f) The motorized curtain control shall be wall mounted and complete with overcurrent protection,
a reversing contactor starter with thermal overload protection and no-volt release, ‘open’, ‘close’
and ‘stop’ push buttons, and accessories for connection to the easily adjustable limit switches.
The system shall allow the curtain to be closed by operating the ‘stop’ button. The contactor
used shall be rated at 400V, 50 Hz of category AC-4 type andwith suitable current carrying
capacity. The controller shall be installed at the control roomand area.
14.0 QUEUE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
14.1 Concept
a) A complete queue management system shall be provided at counters dealing with public and
other necessary locations as per requirement.
b) The system will issue a queue ticket to an arriving customer and later call the ticket when
service is available, eliminating the need to stand in line while waiting.
c) It shall provide sequential, re-call and random function.
d) The queue management system shall consists of but not limited to 42” LED monitors installed
at a centralized location in the waiting area to display the current serving queue number and
counter number, ticket dispenser machine for issuing ticket located along the main entrance
of concerned areas, counter terminal, loudspeaker, computer workstation c/w software and
voice facilities.
e) The queue management system shall be integrated with the MATV service of the building.
a) The Queue Management System shall consist of ticket feeder c/w printer, display system,
audible component and monitoring device that logs all data activities.
b) On arrival, a customer obtains a queue ticket from staff with ticket printer. The system of the
ticket printer is a bi-directional dot matrix printer or latest with a built-in auto cutter. When the
next customer is called, the ticket number and counter number will be displayed on the main
displays.
c) 42” main displays shall be installed at the selected locations.

147
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 147 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
d) When front desk personnel is ready to serve a customer, he presses button NEXT on his
counter terminal or key-in the next ticket number and the next ticket number will appear on
main display.
e) Voice modules are connected to the loudspeaker to attract the attention of waiting customer.
f) Through the use of computerized systems, the system shall be able to produce statistical
reports on information such as arrival rates and patterns, waiting and service times, and default
and reneging cases.
15.0 MULTIMEDIA INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM
15.1 Concept
a) A complete multimedia information display system shall be provided at lobby, reception counter
and other necessary locations as per requirement.
b) The purpose of the system is to display contents such as schedule, seminar activity,
advertising, information, announcement etc.
c) The contents of the system shall be discussed and approved by the client.
d) It shall be capable of displaying video contents, static messages etc. suitable for its intended
application.
a) The system shall be remotely managed from anywhere using one or several central
workstations and able to be frequently updated.
b) All input sources shall be boosted for minimal transmission loss and distortion.
c) The multimedia contents shall be displayed on a minimum 42” LED monitor.
d) The system shall utilize the LAN/WAN network.

148
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 148 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
16.0 INFO KIOSK SYSTEM
16.1 Concept
a) A complete Info Kiosk System shall be provided at lobby, public entrance area and other
b) The system shall able to provide interactive information dissemination to the public. Being
interactive, the users shall request specific information they are interested in.
c) The contents of the system shall be discussed and approved by the client.
a) The info kiosk system shall be remotely managed from anywhere using one or several central
workstations.
b) The content shall be frequently digitally updated and has the ability to be interactive with
embedded touch screen.
c) All sources input shall be boosted for minimal transmission loss and distortion.
17.0 MASTER CLOCK AND ELAPSE TIME CLOCK SYSTEM
17.1 Concept
a) A complete master clock system shall comprise of but not limited to, a precision clock that
provides timing signals to synchronize secondary clocks as part of a clock network, a master
clock, compatible secondary clock, line booster (where required), all interconnecting power,
control cablings, connections, etc.
b) Master clock system shall generally be provided at court lobby and public entrance area, court
hall, hospital operation theatre suite, labour & delivery room areas, autopsy room, resuscitation
bay, emergency delivery room and other necessary locations as per requirement.
c) Elapse time clock shall generally be provided at hospital operation theatres.
a) The master clock and elapse time clock shall operate from main power supply. There shall be
internal batteries that maintain memory of the master clock.
b) Elapse time clock shall be of digital type and complete with countdown, timer and reset
panel.
c) The secondary clocks shall receive a signal from the master clock and automatically
synchronized, be silent in operation and capable of connection to the master clock. The clocks
shall have in-built checking mechanisms which relate to the real time of the master control.

149
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 149 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Appendix ICT: INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT) SYSTEM
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Scope of Works
1.1.1 The work covered in this section shall include the initial design proposal, detail design,
supply, delivery, installation, configuration, testing, commissioning and handing over in
approved working condition and provide free support and warranty thereafter during the
defect liability period. The Contractor shall furnish and install complete system as specified
with all necessary apparatus and equipment, cabling, etc., required to ensure on
satisfactory completion of the whole project, a system of professional quality in excellent
working order.
1.1.2 This Needs Statement shall be read together with project brief, any addendums, Schedule
of Accommodation (SOA), technical specifications, requirements/standards or any other
documents attached in the tender that indicate project requirement that are produced by
client, authority, etc. for detailed description.
1.1.3 All electrical cabling and ICT infrastructure works shall follow the current JKR Specification
for Low Voltage Internal Electrical Installation (L-S1), JKR Specification for Telephone
System (L-S16), JKR Specification for Uninterruptible Power Supply (L-S18) and JKR
Specification for ICT Networking System (L-S38). All equipment shall be rated for operation
on a 230/400 V (within the tolerance as defined in MS IEC 60038; 230/400V,
+10%, -6%), 3 phase, 4 wire, 50 Hz system with solidly earthed neutral.
1.1.4 Equipment susceptible to surges and voltage variations such as Information Technology
Communication (ICT) system related equipment in Data Centre/ Server Room shall be
provided with suitable Surge Protective Device (SPD). The SPD shall be compatible with
the necessaryaccessories/ adaptation for the ICT system etc. to be installed.
1.1.5 Contractor shall provide the latest version of the complete system (hardware and software)
of at least 6 months before installation date. All supplied hardware and softwarein this
contract shall be registered under the Client’s name.
1.1.6 All necessary action needs to be done in order to meet the complete requirement of the
project. These may include data or equipment migration, expansion, upgrading and
integration with the existing system.
1.2 Configuration & Testing
1.2.1 All cabling infrastructure, application software, hardware, network and other related
equipment shall be properly configured, tested and commissioned. The Contractor shall
initiate meeting/discussion with client/end-user (from relevant ICT section / department) to
finalise setting and configuration of the computer networking / telephone system required
to suit with their policy and daily business operation.
1.2.2 Any consumable items that may be required for testing and commissioning purposes shall
be borne by the Contractor.

150
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 150 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
1.2.3 A complete master test plan for the whole ICT system including testing procedure for
structured cabling system and test script that may require to certain equipment installed
and related application software shall be provided not later than two (2) weeks before the
scheduled test/inspection to be commenced. The Master Test Plan shall be prepared to
comply with JKR Inspection Testing Plan (ITP) document. The Contractor shall furnish any
relevant benchmark, stress test result and/or independent report on performance claimed.
1.2.4 The Contractor shall engage certified installer to carry out inspections, performance tests
and other pre-commissioning tests of the installations and equipment according to the
requirements of the relevant authorities and the Contract.
1.2.5 The certified installer shall certify that the installations and equipment have been completed
and are functional and safe to be used / operated according to the requirements of the
Contract. A set of the above testing results and reports shall be submitted to JKR for
approval. The report shall contain testing plan and format with all information on modules
functionality (for application software), integration function, made,type, model, serial nos.
etc. already printed in and a list of testing to be performed.
1.2.6 All cabling and wiring installed for electrical services shall be supervised and tested by a
competent person as mentioned in Borang A1 (Orang Kompeten yang bertanggungjawab
bagi penyeliaan dan penyiapan kerja pemasangan elektrik) and Borang A2 (Orang
Kompeten yang bertanggungjawab bagi pengujian pemasangan elektrik) prior to thecable
termination of DB, SSB, MSB, etc.
1.2.7 The Contractor shall also submit commissioning procedures to the P.D.’s representative
at least two (2) weeks before the commencement of testing and commissioning. Briefing
session on the testing and commissioning procedures shall be conducted for the
Government personnel before the testing and commissioning done.
1.2.8 All testing and commissioning works shall be carried out in the presence of P.D. or P.D.’s
representative.
1.2.9 The Contractor shall provide hardware, software and tools which required for the usage of
P.D.’s representative to audit the completed test results.
1.2.10 For a major equipment such as Core Switch, IP PBX, Database, Storage, UPS equipment,
In-row precision air conditioning, new technology devices related to Internet ofThings (IoT),
Artificial Intelligent (AI) etc., the Contractor shall arrange and provide all expenses for the
P.D. or P.D.’s representative to witness the tests or proof of concept, either locally or at
other locations having the testing facilities or at the country of the origin.
1.2.11 If the premise to conduct the testing event located outside Malaysia, the Contractor shall
provide expenses for three (3) representatives from Government. All expenses for this
purposes such as accommodation, meal, fares, transports, subsistence and any other
incidentals required for the occasion. Test and inspection procedures and format for
recording the test result shall be submitted not later than one (1) month before the
scheduled test/inspection.

151
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 151 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
1.2.12 The testing and commissioning works shall include, but not limited for the following phases:
a) Basic equipment and system functionality – cabling and equipment level.

b) End-to-end functionality – User-to-user, user-to-servers connectivity within the Local
Area Network.
c) User Acceptance Testing (UAT) – UAT checklist to be prepared to ensure the solution
and configuration are performing as required by END USER. Total acceptance of the
system which include the installation, configuration, integration etc. prior to hand-over
shall subject to the JKR’s acknowledge.
d) Any other tests which may be needed to demonstrate the satisfactory function of the
ICT system.
1.2.13 Result of the testing and commissioning shall be submitted to the P.D. or P.D.’s
representative for acknowledge and thereafter bound for records. For structured cabling
system, certificate of product and performance warranty from cable manufacturer which
covers a minimum of 25 years shall be provided and submitted to P.D. or P.D.'s
representative for verification.
1.3 Defect Liability Period (DLP)
1.3.1 The Contractor shall guarantee the whole installation free from defect and inadequacy in
design, software customization/ development, manufacture, fabrication, and installation
work during the DLP after the official handing over of the project as specified in the Contract.
1.3.2 The Contractor shall provide warranty for all ICT equipment and system during DLP.
1.3.3 During the DLP, all rectification works shall be carried out by competent person. All labour,
material, tools, parts and software programming necessary to rectify the defect due to
manufacturing and installation faults shall be supplied/executed at the Contractor'scost.The
service to be performed, defects to be rectified and making good shall include but notlimited
to the following:
a) Repairs and replacement of all equipment and accessories that become faulty due to
manufacturing and installation defects whether it is under the manufacturer’s warranty
or not;
b) Replacement and making good of all cabling and accessories; and
c) Making good any damage to buildings, cables, pipes, concrete areas, paved areas etc.
which had not been properly made good arising out of his work;
1.3.4 All works shall be carried out within a reasonable time except under emergency situation.
If the Contractor fails to comply with the above requirements, the P.D. reserves the right to
engage another party to carry out the verification work, in which case, the Contractor shall
be responsible for all the expenses incurred.
1.4 As-Built Documents
1.4.1 Upon issuance of Certificate of Practical Completion (CPC)/ Certificate of Completion and
Compliance (CCC)/ Occupation Permit (OP)/ Occupational Certificate (OC), theContractor
shall submit documents/items as per Schedule FICT to the P.D. or P.D.’s

152
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 152 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
representative for comment and acknowledge. These documents shall be properly bound
with hard covers. If the P.D./P.D.’s representative is not satisfied with the submissions, the
Contractor shall make the necessary alterations and amendments and resubmit the
documents within three (3) weeks after the comment is made.
1.5 Qualification and Competency of ICT Consultant
1.5.1 The ICT Consultant to be appointed by Contractor shall be registered with Ministry of
Finance under field code 330114 – Kejuruteraan Telekomunikasi.
1.5.2 The ICT Designer personnel in-charge in this project and on-site officer for project
supervision purposes shall have minimum qualification and competency as per Schedule
EICT.
1.6 Qualification of ICT Contractor
1.6.1 The ICT contractor to be appointed by Contractor shall be registered with Construction
Industry Development Board (CIDB) with category ME and specialisation in E07, E08 and
E14.
2.0 STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM
2.1 The Contractor shall propose structured cabling system which is ready for voice, video and
high-speed data.
2.2 Any given item, product, assembly or fabrication of equipment or material shall be the
product of one (1) manufacturer throughout the facility (End-to-End Solution). Multiple
manufacturers of any one item will NOT be permitted.
2.3 The Contractor shall consider providing the same brand as current installation in existing
site to ensure smooth integration, easier maintenance and less learning curve for the
technical support team.
2.4 The Contractor shall responsible for all works that involve hacking, earthwork and making
good or any civil work required in facilitating the installation. The Contractor must make
sure the site is in good condition after the installation.
2.5 The Contractor shall submit construction drawing showing the trunking size, layout etc. for
approval/ comment prior to installation. Shop drawings that show proposed cable route and
location of network points and equipment rack shall be submitted for P.D. or P.D.’s
representative endorsement before works commence.
2.6 The cables shall be installed in heavy-duty uPVC conduit and hot-dipped galvanized
trunking shall be marked and labelled as specified in JKR Specification for Low Voltage
Internal Electrical Installation (L-S1).
2.7 All cables (Low Smoke Zero Halogen (LSZH), Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) / Shielded
Twisted Pair (STP) and fibre optic) shall be terminated in equipment racks c/w patch panels,
ventilation fans, power supply, patch cords, cable management and other necessary
accessories.

153
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 153 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
2.8 Interbuilding Backbone
2.8.1 Interbuilding Backbone Cabling for high-speed data, video and voice involves cabling works
to connect buildings together, in order to concentrate and distribute aggregated signals to
and from Data Centre/Server Room/Equipment Room/Main Distribution Frame (MDF)
Room to the respective Telecommunication Closet Rooms (TCRs).
2.8.2 The Contractor needs to ensure that the design of the backbone cabling has taken into
account with the need of future expansion and can support redundancy connection as
specified in L-S38.
2.9 Intrabuilding Backbone (Vertical & Horizontal)
2.9.1 The Contractor needs to ensure that the design of the backbone cabling has taken into
account the need for future expansion and can support redundancy connection in
connecting the Data Centre/Server Room/Equipment Room to the respective
Telecommunication Closet Rooms (TCRs).
2.9.2 The exact fibre optic cable core is to be determined at final design stage. The cabling works
also include associated patching works, associated equipment such as patchpanels, patch
cords, equipment racks, etc. at both ends as specified in L-S38.
2.10 Horizontal Cabling
2.10.1 The Contractor shall propose location of network points. The quantity of the network points
shall take into consideration of current requirements as well as future expansion.
2.10.2 Network points shall be provided to fulfill following requirements:
a) A minimum of one point for every workstation.

b) Network printing and photocopy machines for certain ratio of users in alladministrative
working areas.
c) Network point requirements for open working areas (i.e. Seminar Rooms, Exhibition
Areas, Lobby, and Auditorium Theater etc.) shall be provided.
d) Other requirements, i.e. Physical Security System (e.g. IP CCTV, IP Door Access),
Building Automation System, M&E monitoring services, Time Attendance System,
Parking System, Queue Management System, Information Kiosk, Edutainment System
etc.
2.10.3 All network points shall be equipped with a minimum of two (2) switch socket outlets.
2.10.4 All network points shall be of 4 pair UTP cable as specified in L-S38. STP cable shall be
used for area with electromagnetic field (EMF) interference (e.g. Imaging equipment and
operating theatre).
2.11 Wireless Network Coverage (Wi-Fi)
2.11.1 Wireless network is required in areas where user’s mobility is essential within the facility to
facilitate data and image retrieval at point of care. The Contractor shall identify locations
where such accessibility deems necessary in accordance with Room Data Interaction and
Business Process Reengineering (if applicable).
154
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 154 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
2.11.2 The Contractor shall provide wireless access facilities to cater for the whole covered areas
such as open office areas, hall, lobby area, ward, hostel, library etc. It shall be provided
where wireless access facilities is deemed needed to support the covered area’sfunction
as required.
2.11.3 The signal strength and quality report for design purposes shall be provided using Heat
Map tools to ensure the whole covered areas of project complex have a high-quality signal
(minimum of -65dBm).
2.11.4 Generally, for wireless system which requires more than 30 nos. of AP, Wireless Controller
(appliance based) shall be provided in order to manage the wireless system in centralized
mode.
3.0 ACTIVE EQUIPMENT
3.1 Network Equipment
3.1.1 The network equipment design shall be based on detailed network traffic study with the
following consideration:
a) High bandwidth capacity and Multimedia Support - The LAN shall be capable of
supporting high-bandwidth application requirement such as Desktop/Video
Conferencing and Imaging with High Speed Ethernet for backbone. The minimum
connection of 25GbE speed between Core Switch and 10GbE speed between Access
Switch to the Core Switch.
b) Ease of operability and management - The system shall be provided with a network
management system/tool that is user friendly and be able to interoperate with present
products and technology platform. The minimum requirements are as follows:
i) End-to-end management network system.

ii) Support integrated remote administration.
iii) Support on-line monitoring system status.
iv) Support Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) compliance.
c) Highest level of security and reliability - The system shall be secured against
unauthorized access. It shall be able to support full-redundancy to prevent a single point
of failure at backbone level. It shall be designed to restrain illegal broadcast, multicast
and short/runt packets within each segment and are prohibited from floodingthe entire
network.
d) Modularity and Scalability - The system shall be modular and scalable to cater for both
current and future requirements, expansions and technologies.
e) Interoperability - The system shall be based on Open Standards which shall be

designed according to international standards and open solution for each of the
equipment. In addition, the proposed system shall be able to interoperate with the
present network system (where applicable).
f) State-of-the-art technology features - All the network equipment designs shall be carried
out in accordance with all the relevant standard engineering, information
155
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 155 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
technology, relevant informatics practice and standards, and shall be approved by local
and central authorities (where applicable).
3.1.2 The Contractor shall define the power requirements of the network system and provide
the protection against surges such as lightning, switching and Earth Potential Rise (EPR).
3.1.3 A firewall appliance shall be installed to completely protect the IT systems against various
hazards that may arise when connecting Local Area Network to the Internet. The firewall
shall be able to protect the ICT systems from various threats such as virus, ransomware,
malware etc.
3.1.4 The Core/Distribution switches shall support at least Layer 2, 3 and 4 switching with
redundant engine and power supply.
3.1.5 The Access switches shall support at least Layer 2 and 4 switching with 10GbE backbone
(uplink or stacking) and 1000/100 Base-T ports. Power over Ethernet (PoE) switches shall
be provided for all PoE devices connected to the network such as Wireless AP, IP CCTV,
IP Phone, IP Door Access etc.
3.1.6 Switches with multi-gigabit ports (2.5/5 and 10 GbE Base-T) shall be provided for
supporting Wi-Fi 6 device or other latest devices and technology.
3.1.7 Wireless Access Point (AP) shall comply with IEEE 802.11ax Wi-Fi standards or latest.
3.1.8 The Wireless AP to be installed at site shall be of latest model and have locking mechanism
for security purposes.
3.1.9 The proposed LAN shall support Voice over IP (VoIP) implementation. The Contractor shall
also make every endeavour to optimise the design in the interest of future expansion(30%
minimum) and network traffic growth (for ICT networking system).
3.1.10 Configuration of the network system shall be tailored to the End-User environment and it
is under the responsibility of the Contractor.
3.1.11 The network shall provide suitable mechanism that prevents breach and the privacy of
users is preserved.
3.1.12 The Contractor may propose any additional hardware and software required to optimize the
performance of the network equipment and the network system as a whole.
3.2 Servers
3.2.1 All servers shall be original from the manufacturer. No clone products shall be accepted.
3.2.2 The server shall be of rack type and shall be housed in the 19” equipment rack.
Specifications of these servers shall be based on the application requirements.
3.2.3 The server shall be equipped with a management panel c/w Keyboard Virtual Machine
(KVM) switch, flat monitor, keyboard and mouse. The server shall also be equipped with
server management software.
3.2.4 All servers provided shall be able to be managed remotely.

156
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 156 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
3.2.5 The server shall be included with anti-virus software and the virus pattern/definition shall
be updated automatically.
3.2.6 All of these servers shall reside in the Data Centre/ Server Room.
3.2.7 The Contractor shall include any additional hardware, software and server licensing that is
required for the server to fully function.
3.2.8 The Contractor shall provide latest technology such as virtual environment solution for
application server and support fully redundant and High Availability (HA) setup to prevent
single engine failure.
3.3 Database (Appliance Based)
3.3.1 All Databases shall be original from the manufacturer.
3.3.2 The Database shall come with a database proxy, firewall and query router to cater for load
balancing, high availability functionality, security and transparent to application.
3.3.3 The Contractor shall provide necessary software, hardware and tools to ensure smooth
integration, migration and operation.
3.4 Storage and Backup System
3.4.1 The Contractor shall provide sufficient storage capacity corresponding with the expansion
and increased workload (operating data) for at least seven (7) years period of time.
3.4.2 The Contractor shall use enterprise class disk drive intended for use in servers or latest
technology of storage system.
3.4.3 Centralized storage and storage redundancy shall be considered during design work.
3.4.4 The Contractor shall provide latest technology of backup system with the frequency of
retention period at daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis.
3.4.5 The proposed backup system shall have the capability to perform cross-site replication of
backup data. The replication shall be done simultaneously as backups and have options
to be scheduled.
3.4.6 The backup system shall be modular type, scalable for expansion, cartridge slots base
module, non-disruptive serviceability such as hot-swappable, redundant hot-swappable
power supply with redundant fans.
3.4.7 For the duration of contract period, the Contractor shall conduct periodic test restores that
is part of Disaster Recovery/ Business Continuity exercise.
4.0 TELEPHONE SYSTEM
4.1 For any works that requires approval from the authority and Telecommunication Provider
during the construction period, it is under responsibility of the Contractor to fulfil the
requirements.
157
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 157 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
4.2 Any associated equipment or accessories required by telecommunication provider to

ensure fully functional of the system deem to be under the responsibility of the Contractor.
4.3.1 The internal telecommunication system provided shall be Internet Protocol (IP) based,
support Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) and comply with Telecommunication Authority
requirements.
4.3.2 The system shall include IP Private Branch Exchange (PBX) hardware and software,
telephone sets and accessories.
4.3.3 The IP PBX shall be rack mounted type, complete with dedicated or built-in firewall or
Session Border Controller (SBC) for security purposes.
4.3.4 The IP PBX and the associated ports, equipment, software and license shall be expandable
type and shall be provided for the present requirement and for the future expansion.
4.3.5 The UPS battery capacity shall be not less than 30 minutes at the rated capacity of the IP
PBX, including future expansion. The UPS shall be of rack type and the battery shall be
maintenance free.
4.3.6 The installation of internal telecommunication system shall be provided for the whole
complex for general area not limited to:
a) Officer and staff working areas, guard house, waiting areas, kitchens, laundry areas
and workshop areas etc.
b) The system also shall be provided for all staff residential and accommodation areas.
4.3.7 The Contractor shall supply and install underfloor trunking system complete with junction
and service boxes at relevant open-office area.
4.3.8 The Contractor shall provide IP based telephone sets with minimum of 2 x 1GbE port,
compliance to SIP, support for both voice and data communication complete with patch
cord and other accessories. The Contractor shall provide a sufficient number and IP
telephone sets in accordance with the guidelines of the Economic Planning Unit (EPU) and
relevant Ministry’s guideline.
4.3.9 Facsimile machine shall be provided to dedicated area in accordance with the EPU’s
Guidelines (Garis Panduan dan Peraturan Perancangan Bangunan) and client’s
requirement. It shall be provided where facsimile machine is deemed needed to support
the dedicated area’s function as required.
4.3.10 Public telephones shall be provided (where applicable) in the public waiting areas,
circulating areas, residential areas and staff hostels in accordance with OKU’s code of
practice Universal Design and Accessibility in the built Environment (MS 1184: latest
edition) and client’s need. The card-slot and buttons/ touch screen of the public telephone
shall be no higher than 1000mm above the ground level.
4.3.11 The Contractor shall propose the infrastructure for ATM machine requirement (where
applicable).
158
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 158 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
4.3.12 Direct lines and leased line shall be provided for emergency call and BOMBA requirement
purposes.
4.3.13 Direct lines as back-up for telephone system shall be provided for some designated
room/areas (where necessary) for emergency call purposes.
4.3.14 The Contractor shall provide infrastructure for the Fibre to the Premise (FTTP) at the multi-
tenant area, staff residential, quarters or office. The infrastructure shall include single-mode
fibre optic cable, fibre termination box, fibre wall socket, equipment cord and accessories
in accordance with Internet Service Provider (ISP) and Telecommunication Authority’s
requirement.
4.4 Telephone and Internet Service Subscription Lines
4.4.1 The Contractor shall provide and configure the telecommunication lines (internet and
telephone services) which required by the project and the cost shall be borne by the
Contractor excluding Collaboration Fee.
4.4.2 If there is requirement to connect or integrate with other buildings, the Contractor shall
provide such integration works using secured lines or other IPVPN services and the cost
shall be borne by the Contractor until the end of DLP.
4.4.3 The telecommunication line facilities provided shall be able to cater optimum speed and
quality which required by the project. They shall also be of latest technology and economical
in term of operation cost which available in the industry.
4.4.4 The Contractor shall configure the related equipment on Quality of Services (QoS) in order
to have optimum network bandwidth management condition.
4.4.5 The Contractor shall liaise with ISP to ensure the connectivity for data, voice and video
services.
4.4.6 The Contractor shall also coordinate with client’s ICT Department to ensure the installation
and configuration of the internal telecommunication is in compliance with the policy and
requirements of the client’s agency and MAMPU.
4.5 External Telecommunication Works
4.5.1 The Contractor shall provide external telecommunication line infrastructure for the project
including the residential areas such as quarters FTTP and link to TELCO’s infrastructure.
4.5.2 The external telecommunication infrastructure shall include the ducting c/w sub duct, pre-
cast manholes and removable concrete cover, concrete trenches with removable concrete
cover, cabling, required accessories as per TELCO and JKR specifications. The Contractor
shall make good of the land/ road surfaces that may affected to fulfil the requirement of
relevant authority.
4.5.3 The Contractor shall propose the underground ducting system to connect the building
where the Telecommunication Room is located to the nearest existing TELCO’s manhole.
Installation of infrastructure works outside project boundary shall use Horizontal Directional
Drilling (HDD) or any other method approved by Authority.
159
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 159 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
4.5.4 No manholes shall be located on the road and parking area.
5.0 INTEGRATION WORKS
5.1 All integration, interface, cabling infrastructure and interconnection of equipment and the
system shall be fully functional and interoperable for the whole system. The Contractor shall
ensure that the performance of each individual subsystem shall not be degraded and free
from software error.
5.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the submission of the necessary applications to and
liaise with the relevant utility provider or Licensee, local authorities and other relevantbodies
to obtain the necessary approval.
5.3 The Contractor shall study and evaluate the current capacity of existing ICT system and
related facilities to allow for appropriate integration and usage in the Project. The Contractor
is responsible for all upgrading works on the existing facilities including electrical and
mechanical system to meet the requirements of the new system. Any cost incurred shall be
borne by the Contractor.
5.4 The configuration and integration works with new and/or existing system may involve but
not limited to ICT system, Telephone system, Security system and software application.
5.5 The Contractor shall propose to use the same system brand as the existing system to
ensure smooth integration, easier maintenance and less learning curve for the technical
support team.
5.6 All equipment, accessories, materials, application etc. required for the proper and effective
operation of the integration works shall deem to be included in the Contract. Theintegration
works shall include upgrading and migration works of the existing system in order to fulfil
project requirement.
5.7 If the integration work involves continuous rental costs to third party facilities or equipment
and cannot be avoided, the costs must be borne by the Contractor until the warranty of the
contract expires.
5.8 Contractor shall ensure all external systems interfacing related to government initiative
such as Government Financial Management Accounting System (iGFMAS), Human
Resource Management Information System (HRMIS), Electronic Guarantee Letter (eGL),
etc. as per client requirement.
6.0 IN-BUILDING COVERAGE (IBC) – CELLULAR SYSTEM
6.1 The Contractor shall conduct feasibility study and submit the technical write up report to
determine the requirement of Cellular System IBC whether to be implemented in the
building or otherwise. This may need the Contractor to liaise with Suruhanjaya Komunikasi
dan Multimedia Malaysia (SKMM) or TELCO provider.
6.2 The Contractor shall provide Cellular System IBC infrastructure that comply with technical
code MCMC MTFSB TC G011: 2017 or latest standard and Garis Panduan Perancangan
Infrastruktur Komunikasi (GPP-I) by SKMM.
160
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 160 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
6.3 The Cellular System IBC infrastructure shall consist of Telecommunication Equipment
Room (TER) as per Table A requirements below;
Building Size (built-up) Telecommunication

Type of Building
(m2) Equipment Room (TER) Size
< 20,000 m2 Based on client’s requirement
Office / Complex / or demand
Hospital
> 20,000 m2 4.8 m (W) x 5.2m (L) x 2.5m (H)
Table A: Criteria and Room Size Requirements
6.4 The Contractor shall provide three-phase 60A isolator with separate utility provider metre
for the TER. The Contractor shall also provide earthing system that comply with IEC 60364
- Electrical Installations for Buildings.
6.5 The Network Facility Provider (NFP) will provide their own facilities such as Distribution
Board with essential power supply, switched socket outlet, cable support/ladder, cable
trunking, bracket, tagging system, security facilities, lighting, firefighting system, 24 hours
air conditioning unit and etc.
7.0 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS)
7.1 The Contractor shall provide emergency supply system for power supply for all Network
Equipment Infrastructure such as servers, IP PBX, routers, switches, storage, desktop
computer, desktop workstation etc.
7.2 Dedicated UPS for Data Centre and/or Server Room
7.2.1 The UPS module/components such as power module, battery etc. shall be a rack-mounted
type. The power module shall be a minimum of N+1 redundancy configuration.
7.2.2 The UPS at Data Centre and/or Server Room, including the battery and accessories,shall
be of sufficient capacity for the present full loads with 30% spare capacity for future
expansion. The battery capacity shall be not less than 30 minutes backup time at the full
rated capacity of the UPS.
7.2.3 All equipment installed in Network Rack, Server Rack, IP PBX etc. shall be backup by
Centralized UPS provided in Data Centre and Server Room.
7.2.4 The UPS shall be able to send auto shutdown signal to the related Network Equipment
when its battery capacity is less than 5 minutes remaining battery backup time.
7.2.5 The Contractor shall propose UPS with static bypass switch, maintenance bypass switch,
harmonic reduction facilities such as input harmonic filter trap, input transformer/choke etc.
in order to reduce the harmonics generated in both input circuit and output circuit.
7.2.6 The Contractor shall ensure the battery for UPS is replaceable, modular hot-swappable
configuration, and shall be fully covered by warranty during the contract period.
7.2.7 All UPS shall be IP based and supported by Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
for management and monitoring purposes.

161
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 161 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
7.3 Standalone UPS for Telecommunication Closet (TC) and Desktop

Computer/Workstation
7.3.1 The UPS for TC and its equipment shall be of sufficient capacity for the present full loads
with 30% spare capacity for future expansion. The battery capacity shall not be less than
15 minutes backup time at the full rated capacity of the UPS.
7.3.2 The UPS shall be supported by SNMP protocol for management purposes.
7.3.3 The battery capacity of UPS for Desktop Computer/ Workstation and shall not be less than
15 minutes backup time at the full rated capacity of the UPS.
8.0 OFFICE AUTOMATION (OA) SYSTEM
8.1 All user equipment shall be original from the manufacturer, reputable and reliable with
strong local support services in Malaysia. It shall be provided as per stated in the Project
Brief.
8.2 OA for Building Systems and End User Application related equipment
8.2.1 The Contractor shall provide OA c/w Operating System for Building Systems and End User
Application System with adequate numbers of equipment. The equipment may include the
following items, but not limited to:
a) Desktop Computer
b) Desktop Workstation
c) Laptop
d) Printers
e) Document Scanner
f) Barcode / QR Code Reader
g) Biometric Reader
8.3 OA for Administrative Works
8.3.1 The Contractor shall provide OA c/w Operating System for daily administrative works with
adequate numbers of equipment. The equipment may include the following items, but not
limited to:
a) Desktop Computer
b) Desktop Workstation
c) Laptop
d) Printers
e) Document Scanner
8.4 Third Party Software
8.4.1 The Contractor shall provide original Software c/w license for staff’s daily business
operation use with adequate numbers which shall include:
a) Office Automation (OA) System – Microsoft Office Professional.
b) Adobe Acrobat Professional (where applicable).
c) Multimedia & Graphic Suite (where applicable).
d) Anti-virus Software.
162
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 162 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
8.4.2 The Contractor shall also provide all related software which shall include but not limited to:
a) Firewall.
b) Desktop Management System.
c) Network Management System.
d) Database (where applicable).
8.5 Telepresence System
8.5.1 Telepresence System shall comprise of but not limited to camera, microphone, monitor,
loudspeaker, processor/codec, power supply unit, data storage etc.
8.5.2 The Telepresence System can be fixed or mobile type based on client’s requirement.
8.5.3 Telepresence System shall be provided for example at Bilik Mesyuarat Utama, Bilik Gerakan
etc. as per client requirement.
8.5.4 The Telepresence system shall be able to conduct video conference with local or overseas
participants.
8.5.5 The Telepresence system design shall be based on the needs of applications, requirements,
rooms’ suitability etc.
8.5.6 The Telepresence system shall be fully International Telecommunications Union (ITU)
standards compliance. No proprietary method of communication compliance or combination
of ITU standards and proprietary at the same time allowed.
8.5.7 The network configuration of the Telepresence system shall consider several factors such as
bandwidth, reliability of the network system, Quality of Services (QoS) etc.
9.0 DATA CENTRE (DC) / SERVER ROOM / TELECOMMUNICATION CLOSET ROOM (TCR)
FACILITIES
9.1 Data Centre
9.1.1 Data Centre shall be designed properly to provide the physical environment necessary to
house the active and passive networking components which allow reliable network access
24/7 days operation.
9.1.2 The Data Centre generally consists of:
a) Server Room;
b) Network Operating Centre (NOC) Room;
c) Staging Room;
d) Mechanical Room;
e) Electrical Room;
f) UPS and Battery Room;
g) Store Room;
h) Telecommunication Room.

163
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 163 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
9.1.3 The Data Centre shall be sized to meet the present and projected future requirements
including the space for operation and maintenance purposes, cabling pathways and
equipment to be located in the room. The size of data centre including all the supported
rooms shall be a minimum of 120 sq.m. It is important to avoid areas that prone to flood
or water leakages and shall not be located at ground or top floor.
9.1.4 The design for Data Centre shall be based on “Green Data Centre” concept and shall apply
the latest technology available in the current industry. The Contractor shall provide
comprehensive technical proposal to JKR during tender submission and during design
stage. Green Technology solution which achieves Power Usage Effectiveness (PUE) rating
less than 1.6 as required by Malaysian Communication and Multimedia Commission
(MCMC) / ANSI/TIA/EIA-942.
9.1.5 The design of the Data Centre shall take into consideration about redundancy aspect.
These include fault-tolerant design which enables the system to continue its intended
operation in reliable operational environment.
9.1.6 There shall be NO water or liquid pathway, sources and outlets above the Data Centre.
This includes waste water pipes, chilled water pipes, hot water pipes, sewerage pipes, rain
water down pipes etc.
9.1.7 The wall and floor finishes for Data Centre shall be of limited ingress of dust.
9.1.8 In general, the Data Centre shall have but not limited to the following requirements:
a) 24 hours air-conditioning with operating temperature 23ºC ± 1ºC measured at rack inlet
comply with ASHRAE TC9.9 Data Centre Networking Equipment – Issues and Best
Practices.
b) Equipment capable of measuring and monitoring data related to Green Data Centre.
c) Equipped with IP based Security System including CCTV and Door Access System
using facial recognition security technology.
d) Dedicated backup electricity supply for entire Data Centre.
e) The tier design shall be depending on criticality of Data Centre to support daily business
operation of the agencies.
9.1.9 The Contractor shall appoint certified System Integrator (SI) to carry out the design,
installation, supervision and testing and commissioning works for the Data Centre. The SI
shall have minimum Certified Data Centre Professional (CDCP) by recognition body e.g.
Examination Institute of Netherlands (EXIN).
9.1.10 The Contractor shall coordinate proper discussion between various relevant disciplines in
order to fulfil all requirements mentioned earlier.
9.2 Server Room
9.2.1 Server Room is designed to house server or storage with 24/7 days operation which not
compromise with any data security, losses or power failure and can accommodate several
unit of equipment racks.

164
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 164 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
9.2.2 The minimum size of Server Room shall be of 5m x 7m, depending on total number of
equipment racks to be installed.
9.2.3 The wall shall be of brick-wall or other material that could provide similar or better physical
security against fire and other physical attempts. The outside/exposed wall shall be fully
wall-up and shall not have any windows. The Server Room shall be provided with
condensation treatment.
9.2.4 The minimum server room height shall be of 3.5m (from finished floor level to soffit slab).
9.2.5 The floor shall be of raised-floor type with minimum 350mm height consisting of completely
removable and interchangeable floor panels that are supported on adjustable pedestals or
stringers and ramp slope 20% steepness. This will allow installation and access of
mechanical piping for air conditioning system in the area underneath the raised-floor.
9.2.6 Facilities shall be designed with the latest technology Precision Air Conditioning come with
energy-efficiency cooling system (i.e hot/cold aisle containment system). The network
cabling installation shall apply top entry concept whereby the cabling shall be laid through
cable basket and fibre raceway.
9.2.7 The power cabling shall be laid through hot-dipped galvanized trunking overhead with top
entry concept into the equipment rack.
9.2.8 The wall and floor finishes for server room shall be of limited ingress of dust.
9.2.9 In general, the Server Room shall have but not limited to the following requirements:
a) Anti-static raised flooring system with high pressure laminated panels.

b) 24 hours air-conditioning with operating temperature 23ºC ± 1ºC measured at rack inlet
complies to ASHRAE TC9.9 Data Center Networking Equipment – Issues and Best
Practices.
c) The cooling system shall be of in-row precision air-conditioning (Hot/Cold Aisle
Containment) with redundancy or backup cooling unit complete with cooling distribution
unit. The outdoor unit shall be chilled water supply or air-cooled type.
d) Clean agent fire-fighting system which is safe for sensitive electronic equipment and
leave no residue after system discharged.
e) Centralized Environment Management System complete with Failure Alert System
features that can alert operator via email and other Messaging Services (SMS etc.)
f) Very Early Smoke Detection Alarm (VESDA) system
g) Water leak detection system
h) Dedicated or centralized UPS System with N+1 redundancy Power Module and
minimum 30 minutes battery backup time at full load.
i) Signal Reference Grid (SRG) to connect with Telecommunication Earthing system to
comply with TIA 942, IEC 60364-5-54 standard or latest.
9.2.10 All Telecommunication Earthing system shall be connected to electrical Main Earthing Bar
(MEB).
9.2.11 The Contractor shall coordinate proper discussion between various relevant disciplines in
order to fulfil all requirements mentioned earlier.

165
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 165 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
9.3 Telecommunication Closet Room (TCR)
9.3.1 The Contractor shall propose to JKR, space required for the Telecommunication Closet
Room (TCR) and comply with JKR Specification.
9.3.2 The minimum size of TCR shall be of 3m x 3m, depending on the total number of equipment
rack to be installed. The room shall be at suitable location.
9.3.3 The Contractor shall ensure the TCR complies to ASHRAE Class A1, A2, A3, and A4
environmental requirements as specified in ANSI/TIA 569-E. The temperature must be
within the range of 18°C - 27°C.
a) For critical building or 24 hours operation complex/ building, the Contractor shall provide
ducted air-conditioning tapped from centralized building air-conditioning system (if
available) or 2 numbers of split unit air-conditioning (for continuous operation) to comply
with requirement in para 9.3.3 during operation hours.
b) For non-critical building or less than 12 hours operation complex/ building, the
Contractor shall provide ducted air-conditioning tapped from centralized building air-
conditioning system (if available) or split unit air-conditioning to comply with requirement
in para 9.3.3 during operation hours.
9.3.4 The wall and floor finishes for TCR shall be of limited ingress of dust.
9.3.5 The Contractor shall provide more than one (1) TCR per floor if the floor area is more than
70m radius.
9.3.6 Electrical and network cabling shall be laid overhead for top loading into the equipment
rack.
10.0 APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT AND CUSTOMISATION
10.1 The Contractor shall conduct proper workshop and User Requirement Study (URS)session
in order to understand the needs of end-user before started any related application
development. These shall include workshop for User Requirement Specification (URS),
Business Requirement Specification (BRS), Software Requirement Specification (SRS)
and Software Design Specification (SDS). All relevant parties shall be invited and involved
along the session to ensure that the later completed application will be user friendly and
sufficient in accordance to daily office automation and administration usage.
10.2 The application shall be developed and customised suit to the workflow, processes and
procedures of the end-user.
10.3 The application shall be a browser-based application, an open system (non-proprietary)

that can be accessed using standard Internet browsers such as Microsoft Edge, Google
Chrome or Mozilla Firefox. Management of the application shall be centralized based at the
server with minimum supervision.
10.4 The application shall be able to determine the different access right between the Intranet
and Internet user.

166
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 166 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
10.5 The application shall be developed and customised as an application that provides on-line
access to information and applications from a single interface. The information can be in
the form of e-mails, memos, news, events, files, videos etc.
10.6 The application shall be accessible by users that have been granted access based on
client’s business process policy.
10.7 The application shall be accessible from any computer that has network connection and
shall be “menu driven”.
10.8 The application software shall be developed by using latest version of programming
language technology such as HTML, XML, MySQL, PhP, Java etc.
10.9 The proposed application shall be integrated with the existing related systems that
implemented by the end-user (where applicable).
10.10 The application shall provide secure and interactive data exchange mechanisms in every
transaction.
10.11 The Contractor shall submit all technical documents including technical diagram, user
manual, Entity Relationship Diagram (ERD) and licenses. The source code that falls under
assignment of copyright (full ownership) category shall belong to The Government. For the
license of copyright (provide the client to use the source code without fullownership)category,
the client still has the right to modify the application or creating derivative softwareon its basis.
11.0 LIBRARY SYSTEM AND FACILITIES
11.1 The Contractor shall provide proper Library setup with ICT facilities that are suited to the
objectives of the project including the requirement for:
a) Main Counter.
b) Multimedia Room.
c) Discussion Room.
d) AV Room.
e) Cinema Room (where applicable)
f) Studio Music Room (where applicable)
11.2 The Library shall equip with facilities but not limited to:
a) Desktop computer complete with furniture and UPS.

b) Video Projection System.
c) Common Office Automation Software.
d) Desktop computer / Kiosk for “online book searching” purposes.
e) Dedicated network printers.
f) Wired and wireless network connection (full coverage).
g) Library Management Software (where applicable).
h) Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) / Coding System for Book ManagementSystem
(where applicable).

167
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 167 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
12.0 SECURITY POSTURE ASSESSMENT (SPA)
12.1 The main purpose of the Security Posture Assessment (SPA) is to identify vulnerabilities
and weaknesses in the ICT system (infrastructure and application).
12.2 The Contractor shall propose a third party contractor (later named as SPA’s Contractor)
with the registration code 210101, 210102, 210103, 210104, 210105, 210107 under the
Ministry of Finance and the registration must be valid for at least 6 months. The appointment
shall be approved by the consultant and concurred by SO/SO’ Representative.
12.3 The SPA’s Contractor shall be independent and no relation with The Contractor or any
company that is registered under The Contractor.
12.4 The SPA’s Contractor shall adhere to recommended security practices from MyMIS,
ISO27001 and Garis Panduan Penilaian Tahap Keselamatan Rangkaian dan Sistem ICT
Sektor Awam (Surat Pekeliling Am Bilangan 3 Tahun 2009) or latest
12.5 The SPA’s Contractor shall document, present and propose solutions to all important
security risks related to the SPA activities.
12.6 The SPA’s Contractor shall produce and submit the minimum following document but not
limited to:
a. SPA’s Strategy and Implementation Plan

b. Pre-assessment document
c. Assessment Process / Activities document
d. Post-assessment / Solution proposal document
e. Any others related document that required for complete process of SPA
12.7 The main scope of SPA activities by SPA’s Contractor are as follows but not limited to:
a. Penetration test
b. Stress test
c. Network Security Assessment (NSA)
d. Wireless Security Assessment (WSA)
e. Application Security Assessment (ASA)
f. Host Security Assessment (HAS)
g. Physical Security Review Assessment
h. Database Security Assessment (DSA)
i. ICT Security Policy Review
12.8 All findings’ reports shall be submitted to the consultant and SO/SO’s Representative. The
findings shall be presented to the technical committee consisting of SO/SO’s
Representative, JKR Design Team, Contractor, Consultant and Client.
12.9 The Contractor shall improve or do the remedial works of the ICT system based on the
findings and comments of the appointed SPA’s contractor before the final CPC is being
issued.
12.10 SPA activities will be part of the requirements for the final issuance of CPC. The Contractor
shall ensure all the SPA activities complete before the final CPC is being issued.
168
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 168 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
12.11 The Contractor shall meet all the following requirements before the SPA’s activities is being
carried out by the SPA’s Contractor;
a. As-built document for the whole ICT installation (hardware and application).
b. Asset registration document.
c. Completion of ICT installation complete with the parameter settings and policy
implementation.
d. Completion of testing and commissioning for the whole installation.
13.0 BUSINESS CONTINUITY AND DISASTER RECOVERY PLAN
13.1 Business Continuity Plan
13.1.1 The Contractor shall propose a Business Continuity Plan in event that the system becomes
unavailable. The Contractor shall describe the approach and methodology in compliance to
the following aspects, but not limited to:
a. Business continuity must be achieved without any loss of data
b. The underpinning IT infrastructure must support the business continuity approach
c. The system must be designed to support limits on scheduled downtime
d. In the event of system failure, continuity of service must be maintained
13.1.2 The proposal shall include the following areas but not limited to:
a. Business Continuity Plan; developed based on ISO 22313 or latest, business continuity
management & contingency plan for different levels of system failure.
b. System resilience
c. System maintenance plan including risk analysis and management
d. Failure scenarios and assessment i.e. identification of errors and failures, risk mitigation,
data integrity, business impact analysis etc.
e. Technical design and implementation i.e. system redundancy, system resilience, single
point of failure analysis etc.
f. Exercise, maintenance and review i.e types of exercise and frequencies, routine
maintenance and emergency event as well as system review etc.
13.2 Disaster Recovery Plan
13.2.1 The contractor shall propose a comprehensive Disaster Recovery Plan and solution, at
different levels of system failure.
13.2.2 The proposal shall include but not limited to the followings:
a. Roles and responsibilities
b. Documented work process, backup and restore procedure
c. Projected recovery time scales
d. Alternative sites and remote access
13.2.3 The Contractor shall propose contingency measures to minimise service disruption and no
loss of data in the event of disaster.
13.2.4 The Contractor shall describe the technical architecture (including network continuity) of their
solution highlighting features which increase resilience and control the risk of system failure.

169
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 169 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
13.2.5 The Contractor shall test the Disaster Recovery Plan solution before CPC has been issued. .
The test shall include restoration, verification, validation etc. of the system.
14.0 ICT TRAINING ROOM / COMPUTER LAB SYSTEM AND FACILITIES
14.1 The Training Room / Computer Lab shall be equipped with Computer Lab Management /
Monitoring Software and facilities but not limited to:
14.1.1 The rooms shall accommodate with sufficient number of participants as per client’s
requirement and take into consideration an extra space for trainer workstation.
14.1.2 Suitable Desktop computers and accessories c/w UPS, Operating System, Office
Automation software, Desktop Management Software, Anti-Virus and other related software
which suit to the client’s requirement.
14.1.3 Sufficient numbers of Network Printer.
14.1.4 Wired and wireless network connection.
14.1.5 Video projection system.
14.1.6 Sound reinforcement system and other teaching facilities.
14.1.7 Other electrical requirements and dedicated Distribution Board (DB).
15.0 TRAINING FOR KEY-USER, APPLICATIONS, NETWORK AND SYSTEM

ADMINISTRATOR
15.1 The Contractor shall prepare structured training programs including proper content and
syllabus at different phase of project lifecycle for all category of staff based on their roles
and responsibilities. The training plan and the level of training shall be agreed upon by
the P.D. or P.D’s representative.
15.2 The Contractor shall provide certified and experienced trainers.
15.3 The training program shall include (where applicable):
15.3.1 Software application system and its related modules.
15.3.2 Software, hardware, network and telephone system.
15.3.3 Other types of training that Contractor deem required for the project.
15.4 The Contractor shall prepare the training document and requirement as follows:
15.4.1 Learning objective and desired outcome document based on assessment of training needs.
15.4.2 Training kit including proper notes, instructions, manuals etc. shall be provided by the
Contractor.

170
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 170 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
15.4.3 Assessment report on the effectiveness after the training program. The Contractor shall
review and re-conduct training session if the assessment did not meet intended outcome
prior to P.D’s approval.
15.5 The training can be conducted in the premise or outside of the premise subject to the
consent of the P.D. or P.D’s representative. In the event training needs to be conducted
outside of the premise, the Contractor shall provide all expenses such as accommodation,
meal, fares and transports as required for the occasion.
15.6 The training shall include but not limited to the following:
15.6.1 Software Application training;
15.6.1.1 The Contractor shall provide and configure training environment that is similar
to the production environment for training purposes using the same version as
installed on site.
15.6.1.2 Dedicated training server with suitable hardware specification shall be provided
bythe Contractor.
15.6.2 Third Party Software training;
15.6.3 Cabling Infrastructure training;
15.6.4 Network and Telephone System Configuration training.

171
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 171 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
16.0 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HEALTH FACILITIES PROJECT
16.1 Hospital Application System Software
16.1.1 The new hospital buildings/complex shall be equipped with hospital’s application software
as stated in the project brief, support High Availability (HA) and redundancy for the
proposed system.
16.1.2 For hospital upgrading project or additional block, the proposed system shall be integrated
with an existing hospital’s application system in the existing buildings.
16.1.3 For hospital projects under Ministry of Health (MOH), contractors shall use HIS@KKM
system developed by MOH as core module. However, for other ministry, the contractor
shall propose Hospital Information System (HIS) application that suits the needs of the
project.
16.1.4 The specification of HIS@KKM and related equipment is mentioned in Needs Statement
of Hospital Information System (Appendix HIS@KKM). If there are any discrepancies
between the JKR Specifications and other cross-reference documents including Appendix
HIS@KKM, the highest performance specification should be adhered to.
16.1.5 The proposed application system may include the following components (where
applicable), but not limited to:
16.1.5.1 Hospital Information System (HIS)

16.1.5.2 Patient Management System (PMS)
16.1.5.3 Laboratory Information System (LIS)
16.1.5.4 Picture Archiving and Communication System (PACS)
16.1.5.5 Radiology Information System (RIS)
16.1.5.6 Critical Care Information System (CCIS)
16.1.5.7 Pharmacy Information System (PhIS)
16.1.5.8 Teleprimary Care - Oral Health Clinical Information System (TPC-OHCIS)
16.1.5.9 Executive Information System (EIS)
16.1.5.10 Oncology Information System (OIS)
16.1.5.11 Nuclear Medicine Information System (NMIS)
16.1.6 The hospital application system software shall comply with international healthcare
standard in managing and exchanging information electronically including Health Level
Seven – Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources (HL7-FHIR) or latest.
16.1.7 The Contractor shall study and evaluate the current capacity of the existing hospital
application system to allow for appropriate integration and usage in the new additional
hospital buildings.
16.1.8 The proposed system shall be customizable and expandable to cater future requirement
such as additional users, multi-branches/tenants etc.
16.1.9 The Contractor is responsible for all upgrading works on the existing system to meet the
requirements of the new system. Any cost incurred shall be borne by the Contractor.

172
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 172 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
16.1.10 The Contractor shall provide three (3) options of proposed brand for the user related ICT
equipment or applications such as RIS/PACS, CCIS, LIS, PhIS etc. All the proposed brand
shall be tabulated as per Schedule IICT.
16.1.11 Government has the right to choose the brand and model of ICT equipment or applications
offered by the Contractor.
16.2 Hospital Application System Hardware
16.2.1 All necessary equipment/ appliances such as computers, servers, firewall, network
switches, storage, printer, barcode printer/ reader etc. and licenses to cater the application
system requirement shall be provided and equipped in this project.
16.2.2 All medical equipment connected to the proposed system shall comply with HL7-HIR or
latest international standard. The integration and configuration works shall be included as
part of Contractor's scope of work.
16.2.3 The Contractor shall provide the storage capacity for all data with a minimum period of
seven (7) years for patient records and ten (10) years for medico-legal records.
16.2.4 The requirement for Barcode Labeling Printer and Reader are as follows:
16.2.4.1 The Contractor shall provide the barcode labeling printer as stated in section 8.6 and
complies with internationally recognized barcode symbology i.e. International Society of
Blood Transfusion 128 (ISBT 128) requirement.
16.2.4.2 The barcode labeling printer shall be configured properly to ensure its operability with the
existing system (where applicable). Some modification may need to be done on the
existing system application.
16.2.5 The requirements for Medical Grade Monitor are as follows:
16.2.5.1 The Contractor shall provide Medical Grade Monitor throughout OT department, radiology
department, nuclear medicine etc. as stated in project brief.
16.2.5.2 The minimum requirement of the medical grade monitor shall comply with JKR
specifications.
16.2.6 The requirements for Telepresence System are as follows:
16.2.6.1 The Contractor shall provide Telepresence system as stated in section 8.5 for related
areas such as auditorium, conference, seminar room etc as per client requirement.
16.2.6.2 The system shall be able to communicate in both ways through intranet or internet.
16.3 Network Cabling Infrastructure
16.3.1 The Contractor shall propose the latest cabling concept with more flexibility and ready for
voice, data, video, multimedia application, Hospital Information System (HIS) and its
components.
16.3.2 The contractor shall consider requirement for medical equipment LAN and Modality which
shall be included in the proposal / projects.

173
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 173 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
16.3.3 Each medical equipment shall be equipped with minimum one (1) network point and
connected directly from the network equipment rack in the TCR.
16.3.4 Each patient’s bedhead panel shall be equipped with one (1) dedicated network point.
16.3.5 As a general guide, the minimum numbers of network point to be installed in the following
areas are as follows:
Minimum
Numbers of
No. Room Notes
Network
Points
1 Resuscitation 4 / bay On pendant / bedhead panel
(Emergency 1 point at Ventilator
Department) 1 point at CCIS
2 points for medical equipment
2 ICU / CCU / HDU / 4 / bed On pendant / bedhead panel
PICU 1 point at Ventilator
1 point at CCIS
2 points for medical equipment
3 Operational Theater 6 / OT 2 points at Wet Pendant
(OT) 2 points at Dry Pendant
1 point at Surgeon Pendant
1 point at OT Panel
4 Recovery Bay 1 / bay 1 point at patient’s bedhead panel
Table B: Minimum Requirement of Network Point
16.4.1 The Contractor shall provide internal telecommunication system requirement as stated in
section 4.3.
16.4.2 For hospital or health facilities, the internal telecommunication system installation shall be
provided for the general area such as clinical areas, surgical areas, examination areas,
dispensary areas, wards, laboratories, mortuary, first class wards etc.
16.5 ICT Training Room / Computer Lab System and Facilities
16.5.1 Video projection system shall compatible with Digital Imaging & Communications in
Medicine (DICOM) standard (where applicable).

174
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 174 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
Appendix EE: ENERGY EFFICIENCY
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 The energy efficiency criteria shall be incorporated in all design, installation and equipment. It
shall also to be read together with the Electrical’s project brief. The Contractor shall design
towards an Energy Efficient Building in accordance with MS 1525: Energy Efficiency and Use
of Renewable Energy for Non-Residential Buildings – code of practice, JKR Standard 2:
Penarafan Hijau (pH JKR) bagi Fasiliti Bangunan Kediaman dan Bukan Kediaman and
MyCREST: Malaysian Carbon Reduction & Environmental Sustainability Tools.
1.2 The Contractor shall supply all materials, equipment, plants and labours to perform all
installation, testing and commissioning works required for the completion and satisfactory of
the whole project; repair and replace all defective and faulty materials, equipment, plants and
works and perform all breakdown; scheduled and preventative maintenance works during the
Maintenance Period as specified in the Contract.
2.0 ZONING OF LIGHTING SYSTEM
2.1 The lighting system in the building shall be designed with multiple zoning according to:
a) Daylight availability especially for rooms or area near the façade.

b) Controls of artificial lighting system.
c) Perimetre zoning where a switch should be provided within 30sq.m 2 or less.
2.2 The purpose of having multiple zoning of lighting system is to provide flexibility to control the
operation of the artificial lighting thus to eliminate energy wastage in the system.
2.3 The zoning can also be associated with automatic lighting control system such as sensors,
controllers and Building Automation System (BAS).
2.4 Two (2) way switch shall be installed for corridors, stairs and any related areas. For corridors
of ≥ 10m length, at least two (2) alternate circuits complete with two (2) way switch shall be
installed. For compound lighting, at least two (2) alternate circuit shall be installed complete
with two (2) different timers.

175
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 175 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
3.0 LIGHTING CONTROLS
3.1 All lighting controls except for emergency, exit and security lighting shall be provided with
manual control and/or BAS. All lighting control’s schedule shall be included in the BAS.
3.2 In the areas where daylight is available, lighting shall be controlled by photo sensor. The control
of the lighting circuit with photo sensors shall be designed according to the daylight availability.
3.3 Photo sensors to control the lighting circuits shall be installed at the area with at least 10%
artificial lighting of the Gross Floor Area (GFA). The photo sensors shall be installed in parallel
with the window/glass area.
3.4 Motion sensors shall be installed at intermittent and temporary habitable areas such as
corridors, waiting areas, Surau, staircases, toilet, lobby, store, etc. These areas shall have the
most practical lighting control strategy to minimize energy wastage but at the same time shall
comply with any safety requirement e.g. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) System.
3.5 All lighting circuits shall have motion sensor that would turn off the circuits if motion is not
detected during a preset time period of 10 minutes maximum.
3.6 All switches shall be accessible and visually installed near entrance.
4.0 LIGHTING SYSTEM
4.1 The lighting system shall use energy efficient lighting such as:
a) Fluorescent T5, Light Emitting Diode (LED), Compact Fluorescent Lamp (CFL) etc. shall
be installed in order to achieve Lighting Power Density (LPD) or efficacy of ≤12W/m2 for
the overall installation. Other areas such as store, utility room, service room, etc., shall
comply with LPD as stated in MS1525.
b) Use of low loss magnetic ballast (≤ 6W), LED driver or high frequency electronic ballast.
5.0 FAN
5.1 All ceiling fans shall be from energy efficient type. The ceiling fans shall have Coefficient of
Performance (CoP) value of at least 2.62 m3/min/W. The CoP value is based on test report in
accordance with MS1220.
5.2 The ceiling fans shall comply with JKR specification, MS 1220 and JKR Material Approval List
(JMAL). For 1500mm sweep ceiling fan, the power consumption at full speed shall not bemore
than 80W at rated power, and the minimum air delivery shall not be less than 210m 3/min. Safety
thermal fuse (1300 C, 2A) shall be incorporated against power surge and overheat.

176
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 176 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
5.3 For other electrical fans such as wall fan, table fan, pedestal fan and box fan which use blade
are as follows:
No. Type of fans Minimum Coefficient of

Performance
(COP)
1. Ceiling Fan 2.58
(1200 mm / 48 inch - 1500 mm / 60 inch)
2. Pedestal Fan 1.01
(250 mm / 10 inch – 400 mm / 16 inch)
3. Table / Desk Fan 1.01
(250 mm / 10 inch – 400 mm / 16 inch)
4. Wall Fan 1.01
(250 mm / 10 inch – 400 mm / 16 inch)
5. Box Fan 0.5
(250 mm / 10 inch – 350 mm / 14 inch)
6.0 POWER FACTOR AND HARMONIC DISTORTION
6.1 Power factor correction equipment shall be installed to maintain the power factor of the
electrical power supply. The power factor shall not be less than 0.85 for low and medium
voltage system.
6.2 To maintain good power quality in the electrical network distribution, the maximum voltage for
Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) shall not be more than 5%.
7.0 LOSSES OF TRANSFORMER
7.1 The transformer shall be from low loss type. The no-load loss, load loss, total loss and tolerance
shall not exceed the values specified in JKR specification.
8.0 SUB METREING
8.1 Digital measuring device such as Digital Power Metre (DPM) shall be installed at main
switchboard and sub-switch board.
8.2 DPM shall be connected to the BAS (if any) for monitoring and control purposes.
9.0 GREEN PRODUCT
9.1 In promoting and encouraging the use of green products in the construction industry and
constructing more sustainable buildings, all green products used in the project shall be from
the product listed in the Green Product Scoring System (MyHijau Directory) or any other
registered member for Global Ecolabelling Network (GEN).

177
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 177 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
10.0 RENEWABLE ENERGY (RE)
10.1 Renewable Energy (RE) is energy generated from natural resources such as solar, wind,
hydro, wave, geothermal and biomass that are sustainable and continually replenished by
natural processes.
10.2 Solar Photovoltaic (PV) system is a system that converts solar energy into electrical energy.
Solar PV system shall be considered as the system is reliable and technology ready; as
well as to promote the usage of Green Technology in Malaysia.
10.3 Solar PV modules are commonly installed with the aim to capture solar energy. They can
be mounted on roof as roof retrofitted; free-standing on flat roof or ground mounted or thru
Building Integrated Photovoltaic (BIPV). The modules can be fully or partially integrated to
the building envelope by replacing conventional external building materials such as tiles on
roof, sun shading devices or canopies.
10.4 There are two categories for Solar PV System with respect to the generation and the energy
usage, which are:
a) Grid Connected PV (GCPV); and

b) Off Grid PV (OGPV)
10.5 A Solar PV system shall include Balance of System (BOS) such as but not limited to:
i) Grid Inverter
ii) Bidirectional Inverter
iii) Energy Storage System
iv) Charge Controller for OGPV system
v) Solar PV metre
vi) Accessories, structure, and mounting systems
vii) Switches, fuse, lightning protection, and earthing system, and
viii) Solar PV monitoring system
10.6 Even though Energy Storage System (ESS) is commonly used for OGPV system, it can also
be considered for GCPV system; shall the system technology is viable and cost effective.
10.7 The usage of latest technology for solar PV system shall be considered. The solar PV system
capacity shall be between 1% to 75% of the Total Maximum Demand of the building. Any
RE’s mechanism, incentive or policy by the Government shall be considered in the planning
and designing the system.
10.8 Among the factors to be considered in designing for solar PV applications are its orientation,
tilt angle and the avoidance of shading. A tilt angle of not more than 15° is recommended for
all orientations. PV arrays shall be arranged to face the best orientation and to provide
maximum power output of the system. The array arrangement shall ensure that the array
voltage does not exceed the maximum allowed operating voltage of the PV modules.
10.9 The system specification and standard shall be in accordance and comply to MS 1837:2018
– Installation of Grid Connected Photovoltaic (PV) System, MS 62257: Recommendations

178
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 178 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
for Small Renewable Energy and Hybrid systems for Rural Electrification, MS IEC 62093:
Balance of System Components for Photovoltaic Systems, MS IEC 62446: Grid Connected
Photovoltaic Systems – Minimum Requirements for System Documentation, Commissioning
Tests and Inspection, MS 2692:2020 - Testing and Commissioning of Grid- Connected
Photovoltaic System, and MS IEC 61724: Photovoltaic System Performance Monitoring –
Guidelines for Measurement, Data Exchange and Analysis
10.10 The Contractor shall engage System Integrator with certification of Solar PV System Designer
and Installer certified by Sustainable Energy Development Authority (SEDA) Malaysia or any
equivalent body approved by the S.O. as a minimum requirement to perform the design,
installation, configuration, testing and commissioning of the solar PV system.
10.11 Solar PV modules shall meet the following requirement:
a) Tier 1 product with at least 10 years in manufacturing

b) Maximum recommended system voltage is 1500Vdc
c) Fill factor of the module shall not be less than 0.70
d) Electrical conversion efficiency of PV module shall not be less than 16%. The minimum
module efficiency shall be indicated
e) Shall have and to provide specification and certifications
f) Shall be warranted by the manufacturer for at least 90% of its rated power for 10 years
from the date of system acceptance
g) PV modules shall operate well above ambient temperature under Standard Test
Conditions (STC) of irradiance level 1000W/m2, spectrum Air Mass (AM) 1.5 and cell
temperature 25˚C
h) PV modules shall have lower maximum power decreases due to operating temperature
increases. For crystalline, the temperature coefficient shall not less than -0.5% per degree
Celsius rise in operating temperature
i) The Contractor shall provide all cabling, fixings and equipment necessary to provide a
complete working system. The PV module shall use lead wire with Ultraviolet (UV)
resistant and weatherproof connector for output terminal
10.12 The inverter shall meet the following requirement:
a) The inverter shall be of high efficiency type (98%) and at least modified sign wave type
or higher.
b) Grid Inverter shall be provided with Maximum Power Point Tracker (MPPT) function to
maximize the power output of the array and islanding protection (Anti-islanding) to isolate
it from the grid in case of no supply, under voltage and over voltage conditions so that in
no case there is any chance of accident.
c) The inverter shall be provided with a fully customizable monitoring system (capable of
data logging and remote monitoring), RS232/RS485 output and sensors to capture solar
irradiance, PV module temperature, ambient temperature etc.
d) The inverter shall be able to operate under Malaysian operating grid voltage of 230/400V.
e) The inverter shall have a minimum warranty of ten (10) years and to provide certifications.
f) The output of the Grid Inverter must synchronize automatically its AC output to the exact
AC voltage and frequency of the grid.

179
SCHEDULE GUIDELINES
Page 179 of 179
FOR CKE DESIGN
g) The inverter shall be rated to match the maximum output of the PV array on normal
operating condition test.
h) Liquid crystal display shall at least be provided on the inverters front panel or on separate
data logging/display device to display at least DC Input (Voltage, Current, and Power) AC
output (Voltage, Current, and Power), time and date, and inverter status.
10.13 If applicable, the contractor shall ensure that the solar PV system installation meets all of the
requirements of utility company in terms of safety, metreing and connection and shall make
any necessary application and submission of registration form to Suruhanjaya Tenaga and
utility company interconnection forms including fees involved.
Appendix SPR: SPECIAL PROJECT REQUIREMENT
This appendix is for systems other than those listed in Electrical System, Extra Low Voltage (ELV)
System, Information and Communication Technology (ICT) System and Building Information
Modelling (BIM) System. Contractor shall refer to attachment for further explanation.
This appendix shall be ignored if there is no attachment or specific system.
Appendix SPR: MEDICAL EQUIPMENT RELATED TO ELECTRICAL
Please refer to Appendix Medical Equipment Related To Electrical

APPENDIX :
SPECIAL PROJECT REQUIREMENT

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT
APPENDIX SPR: SPECIAL PROJECT

Page 1 of 19
REQUIREMENT
Appendix SPR: SPECIAL PROJECT REQUIREMENT
This appendix is for systems other than those listed in Electrical System, Extra Low Voltage (ELV)
System, Information and Communication Technology (ICT) System and Building Information
Modelling (BIM) System. Contractor shall refer to attachment for further explanation.
This appendix shall be ignored if there is no attachment or specific system.
Hospital Project: LOW VOLTAGE (LV) SYSTEM
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.0.1 The work covered in this section shall include the design, supply, delivery, installation,
testing, commissioning and handing over in approved working condition and provide free
maintenance thereafter during the defects liability period. The contractor shall furnish and
install complete system as specified with all necessary apparatus and equipment, wiring,
etc., required to ensure on completion, a system of professional quality in excellent
working order.
1.0.2 All equipment, plants, accessories, materials, work etc. required for the proper and
effective operation of the hospital project, except those clearly mentioned not necessary,
shall deem to be included in the Contract. The Contractor is also required to make
references to the Brief or Medical Brief of Requirement (MBOR) of Mechanical,
Architectural, Structural and others related services requirement for a more
comprehensive coverage of electrical services for the whole project.
2.0 INTERNAL LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
2.1 Distribution System
2.1.1 The project shall be provided with non-essential supply, essential supply and emergency
supply systems. Under normal situation, these systems shall obtain power supply from the
mains of the electricity utility provider or Licensee. However, in case of mains power failure,
the essential system shall obtain supply from the standby generator sets while the
emergency supply system obtains supply from the UPS and standby generator sets.
Hence switchboards, distribution boards and consumer units designed shall accommodate
the following:
a) Main Switch Boards (type form 4B) and to fulfill the operability and maintainability
of the systems. Separate boards for essential supply and non-essential supply. The
switching device (automatic transfer switch (ATS) shall be of make before break
type. Generally, self-contained, floor mounted, front and rear access.
b) Sub Switch Boards (type form 2B):

Separate sub switchboards for essential supply and non-essential supply as well
as lighting, power and mechanical services. Generally, self-contained, floor

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 2 of 19
REQUIREMENT
mounted, front and rear access/self-contained, floor mounted, front access/wall

mounted type based on design requirement, size and weight of switchboard, space
at switch room, accessibility to competent person etc. to comply with regulation
and guidelines stated.
c) Distribution Boards:
Separate distribution boards for essential supply and non-essential supply namely
and as well as lighting, power and mechanical services shall be provided. Separate
distribution board shall also be provided for staircase lightings, commoncorridors
lightings and external facade lightings etc. Maximum number of ways forSPN and
TPN DB (including 20% spare) shall be 14 and 8 respectively. The DB shall be of
maximum 14 Way SPN and 8 Way TPN.
2.2 Selection of Light Fittings and Accessories
2.2.1 The illumination levels shall generally be in accordance with the IES Codes, the
Department of Health (DH) Recommendations (United Kingdom) and the current JKR
practices.
2.2.2 Energy Efficiency lamps shall be installed with Correlated Colour Temperature (CCT) of
approximately 5000K - 6500K with Colour Rendering Index (CRI) 80-89. External street
lighting, compound lighting and flood light shall be of Energy Efficient type. Indoor lighting
shall be energy efficiency light fitting eg. LED, Fluorescent T5, Compact CFL etc.
2.2.3 The location for lighting switch will determine during Room Data Interaction (RDI) session.
Any discrepancy exist shall be confirm also during RDI session.
2.2.4 As reference, the general installed illumination levels at some of the areas/rooms shall be
as follows:-
No Area Lux
1 Offices, Reception areas, Waiting areas 300
2 Corridors, Nurse stations 300
3 Wards (general purpose) 300
4 Ward (intensive care) 500
Examination rooms, Consultation rooms,
5 300
Treatment rooms, Procedure rooms
Diagnostic and Treatment (Operation theatres
6 500
complex, Imaging room, CATH Lab, etc)
Laboratories, BSL2, BSL3, Clean area, Sterile
7 500
area, Pharmacy department
8 General corridor / Hospital street 200
9 Store areas 150-300
10

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 3 of 19
REQUIREMENT
** All required room but not included in the table shall be confirmed during Room Data
Interaction session. The consultants shall propose lux requirement level according to
international standard.
2.2.5 Night lights with illumination level of approximately 10 lux shall be provided in the wards
for nurses and patients to find their ways during dark hours.
2.2.6 The bedhead light shall provide local lighting over the patient's bed with illumination level
of about 100 lux for reading, observation and handiwork purposes with minimum
disturbance to the other patients.
2.2.7 Ceiling mounted L.E.D examination lights of not less than 50,000 lux at 1 meter shall be
installed at any locations as detailed in the Medical Brief. However, as a general guide,
the requirement shall be as follow.
a Procedure room 50,000 lux

b Labour room 60,000 lux
c Autopsy room 70,000 lux
2.2.8 The lighting complete with dimmer control for imaging rooms, treatment rooms, ultrasound
rooms, ENT room, CT scan room, Fluoroscopy room, MRI, Angiography room, Reporting
and documentation room and wherever to be confirmed during Room Data Interaction
session.
NO LOCATION LUMINARIES
1 Air conditioned areas
a. General areas, wards Recessed fluorescent fittings with full aluminium

parabolic reflectors and louvers complete with
hinge for easy maintenance or whichever
b. Clean and Sterile appropriate.
Area, O.T, ICU/CCU,
Induction room, Labour Recessed fluorescent fittings with hemispherical
and Delivery room, prism controlens or equivalent complete with hinge
Laboratory, Recovery for easy maintenance or whichever appropriate.
area
2 Wards Recessed mounting fluorescent fittings with full

aluminium parabolic reflectors and louvers complete
with hinge for easy maintenance or whichever
appropriate.
3 Corridors Suitable types of recessed mounting fluorescent

fittings with full aluminium parabolic reflectors and
DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 4 of 19
REQUIREMENT
louvers complete with hinge for easy maintenance or

whichever appropriate.
4 Store rooms/ toilets Suitable types of recessed mounting fluorescent
fittings with full aluminium parabolic reflectors and
louvers complete with hinge for easy maintenance or
whichever appropriate
5 Meeting rooms/ Same as office areas but supplemented by LED down
conference rooms/ lights, spot lights and dimmers.
Seminar rooms
6 Plant rooms Suitable type of fluorescent fittings.
7 Lobbies, entrance and Suitable types of light fittings.
other areas
8 Quarters and staff Suitable types of fluorescent fittings c/w diffuser.
accommodation areas (living & dining)
2.2.10 Special lightings shall be provided based on areas/function.
Type Area/Function
Explosion Proof Lighting c/w Flammable areas
sparkles switch (Explosion area, gas tank store, etc.)
Anti-corrosive lighting Chemical Store, Chemical lab, coastal areas, etc.
2.2.11 Special lightings shall be provided based on areas/function. Explosion proof lighting c/w
sparkles switch shall be provided for flammable areas like explosion areas, gas tank
store, etc. Anti-corrosive lighting shall be provided for chemical store, chemical lab,
coastal areas etc. Weatherproof lighting (IP 65) shall be provided in wet areas, exposed
areas, cold room, inside lift core (bulkhead) etc. Step lighting shall be provided at
Auditorium etc. Aircraft Warning Light shall be provided at the roof area if necessary.
2.2.12 All types of lighting shall accommodate complex inter-relationship with other elements
of the buildings such as reflection and colour of surfaces, variation in background
surfaces, configuration of walls and roof, location of structural supports, etc. Natural
daylight shall be optimized after taking into account the direct sunlight effect, discomfort
glare, heat absorption, stable & uniform levels of lighting etc by usage of rooflight,
glazing control, screening layers, automatic black out blinds, automatic dimmings,
building orientation, etc.
2.2.13 Ceiling spaces shall be illuminated with lighting for the ease of maintenance and
switches shall be located at the entrance of the ceiling access.

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 5 of 19
REQUIREMENT
2.3 Fans
2.3.1 Ceiling fans (complete with thermal fuse), depending on the layouts and
design of the rooms/areas, shall be provided, generally one unit per 10 sq.
metre area, for all non-air conditioned areas/rooms such as office areas,
waiting areas, reception areas, examination areas, clinical areas, dispensary
areas, work areas, rest rooms, workshops, stores where there are people
working during office hours etc. For all non-air conditioned wards, ceiling fan
shall be provided for each bed and the speed regulator shall be at bedhead
panel. Ceiling fans shall also be provided for all living rooms, diningrooms,
family area and bedrooms in the staff accommodation buildings. Allceiling
fans shall be energy saving type and shall incorporate safety thermalfuse and
supplementary suspension rope system. Wall fans shall be avoided unless
agree by Project Director.
2.3.2 Exhaust fans with cowls shall be installed in meeting rooms, gathering areas,
printing rooms, toilets and other areas where proper air changes and
ventilation are required. Depending on the functions of the
departments/areas/rooms some of the fans shall be connected to the
essential circuits where essential supply is provided. Exhaust fan in toilet
shall be interlocked with the lighting. The exhaust fans shall be ducted type.
The proposal shall be under Mechanical scope and installed with the
agreement by Project Director.
2.3.3 The location for fan and regulator will be confirm and determine during RDI
session.
2.4 Power Points
2.4.1 The minimum number of 13A 3pin SSO to be installed in the following areas
shall be as below:
Area No of Power Point
a) Office areas 3 per workstation/ 4 per room
(per person)
b) Corridor 1 per 5 to 10 meter
c) Plant Room 2 per room
d) IT Point 2 per IT Point
e) OT room (wall mounted) 8 per theatre
f) OT pendant 8 per pendant
g) OT panel 8 per panel
h) Resuscitation room. 16 per bay
i) Holding room/area 4 per bed
j) Recovery room 6 per bed
k) ICU/CCU 16 per bay
l) Nurse bay/station 4 per pax
m) Ward 4 per bed

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 6 of 19
REQUIREMENT
o)Laboratory bench 3 per station

s) Equipment store room (minimum) 1 per equipment
t) General store 1 per room
2.4.2 Height of switches and SSO shall be in accordance with MS 1184. Wiring for
13A 3 pin SSO shall be in radial circuit as per Table 1 and Table 2.
Circuit MCB Cable (mm2) Max. Nos. of SSO

Table 1: Nos of 13A 3 pin SSO for Radial Circuit.
Circuit Cable (mm2) CPC Cable (mm2)

Lamp and Fan 1.5 1.5
Air Conditioning Point 4.0 4.0
Table 2: Sizing for circuit and CPC cable.
2.4.3 Sparkless 13A 3pin SSO shall be provided for Chemical store, inflammable
store,hazardous room etc.
2.4.4 For reliability and safety, each final circuit in the OT suits, recovery rooms,
delivery rooms, ICU, CCU, SCN, resuscitation areas etc. shall not be
connected with more than two power points. Some of the wall mounted power
points in the OT rooms shall be connected to essential circuits which shall not
share the same sub mains/circuits with the UPS equipment.
2.4.5 All power points which are connected with Isolated Power System should be
of double pole type.
2.4.6 These systems shall also be provided in other areas such as the accident and
emergency department, OT room and medical treatment rooms where the
patients are connected directly to biomedical equipment such as electrodes
of ECG, catheterization.
2.4.7 Isolators of suitable types and ratings shall be provided for all equipment and
plants not connected to 13A switched socket outlets. The isolators shall be
connected to either normal or essential power supply in accordance to the
Medical Brief of Requirement, Mechanical's brief and other technical briefs.
2.4.8 The type of power points to be installed at the open area such as corridor shall
be able to withstand the impact of the trolley, wheelchair, stretcher etc.

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 7 of 19
REQUIREMENT
2.4.9 Power points/equipment installed in the body protected and cardiac-protected

areas such as operation theatres, intensive care units, coronary care units,
special care nurseries, resuscitation areas etc. shall be provided with
macro/micro shock protection systems.
2.5 Electrical Protection in Critical Areas
2.5.1 The isolated Power System (IPS) or IT System shall be installed in Group 2
Medical Location as defined in MS IEC60364-7-710. The purpose of installing
the IPS or IT is to ensure the safety of patient and medical staff from electrical
shocks and continuity of power supplies where there is one live conductor to
earth fault.
2.5.2 The IPS or IT System shall consist of the following;

i) Isolating Transformer
ii) Insulation Monitoring Device (IMD)
iii) Remote Alarm Indicator
iv) Insulation Faults Locator
v) IPS Distribution Board
2.5.3 The isolated Power System shall comply with the requirement of;
IEC 60364-7-710 Electrical Installation of building-part 7-710:

Requirement for special installations or locations -
medical locations
IEC 60557-8 Insulation monitoring device for IT systems
IEC 61558-2-15 Particular requirement for isolating transformer for the

supply of medical locations
IEC 60439 Low Voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies
2.5.4 The IPS system shall be provided at bedhead system in critical areas such as
ICU/CCU and any other areas as identified by the Project Director. The
indications shall be provided at the Nurse Station.
2.5.5 The equipotential bonding for equalising potential differences shall comply with
IEC 60364-7-710 Clause 710.413.1.6. The Size of the protective conductor is
to be sized according to MS IEC 60364
2.5.6 The number of sockets outlets in each IPS is to be limited to a maximum of 12.
Each socket-outlet shall be protected against over current and overload. The
rating of each socket-outlet shall be 13A (or specified elsewhere in the
document). The socket-outlets shall be adequately identified for IPS or IT
system. Each socket outlet shall have an Equipotential (EP) terminal.

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 8 of 19
REQUIREMENT
2.5.7 All IPS protected socket-outlets, all metallic parts within Group 2 area such as
medical gas piping, operating theatre pendant, metallic entrance door etc shall
be via individual or shared conductors with a maximum resistance of less than
or equal to 0.2 ohms at between the earthed point and the EP test point at EP
junction shall be provided for testing purposed.
3.0 External Low Voltage Electrical Installation
3.1 If applicable helipad shall be provided with proper visual landing aids such as
wind cone, helipad landing lights, flood lighting etc. in accordance with ICAO
requirements and CAAM approval. It shall be a fixed helipad lighting system
using an electro luminescent light source. Aircraft obstruction light shall be
provided where necessary.
4.0 Standby Generator Set
4.1 The standby generating sets of sufficient capacity shall be provided for the
complex. The standby generators shall provide essential supply to all essential
equipment, MDF room, Server room, Mechanical room, MSB room,
Generator Set room, M&E Services Room, UPS room, CCTV system, Card
Access System, Fireman Intercom, Public Address System, BOMBA Lift,
Intercom System, essential power points and lighting points in the operation
theatres, intensive care units, coronary care units, special care nurseries,
surgery rooms, accident and emergency department, CSSD, X- ray
department, blood bank, specialist's clinics, outpatient department, pathology
department, PABX room, control rooms etc. and selected points in the other
departments/rooms.
4.2 The standby generators shall also supply essential power to all emergency
lights and exit lights in the hospital buildings; the essential air conditioning
plants for the operation theatres, intensive care units, coronary care units and
special care nurseries and other critical areas; selected numbers of
passenger/bed lifts, the fire fighting and preventing systems; the nurse call
systems, the emergency call systems, the digital call systems, the intruder
alarm systems, the water pumps, the sewage treatment plants and other
essential and important systems and equipment in the hospital complex.
4.3 The generating sets shall be of sufficient capacity to supply all emergency and
essential loads in case of mains failure. The rating of each generating set shall
be such that if one of the generating sets fails to operate, the other generating
set will be able to supply the more critical essential loads, includingthe starting
loads and running loads of the essential air conditioning plants, the lifts under
essential supply and other major plants which is critical to the

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 9 of 19
REQUIREMENT
emergency operation of the hospital. The rating of each generating set shall
include 30% spare capacity in additional to the extra capacity required for
starting the major motor loads. The generating sets shall have equal rating
and the rating shall be of JKR approved values. As general, the standby
generators shall also supply essential power to the 30% of the other selected
block/areas/equipment’s/fittings based on maximum demand
calculation/functional areas.
4.4 The control system shall be such that one of the generating set shall be
designated as lead set and the other set as lag set. In case of mains failure or
under voltage, the generating sets shall start and synchronizedautomatically.
However, if the lead set fails to start or fails to operate or the sets fail to
synchronize, automatic load shedding facilities shall be provided totrip off the
less critical essential loads such that one of the sets shall provide power
supply to the more critical essential loads. Suitable timers shall be provided to
delay the change over from the mains supply to the generating sets supply
(and vice versa) and for shutting down the generating sets until the power
systems stabilise.
4.5 Alternatively, two generating sets, each with capacity sufficient to supply the
total existing requirements plus 30% spare capacity for future extension, such
that one serves as duty set and the other as standby to the duty set, shall be
installed. The standby set shall run in case the duty set fails to operate.
Facilities shall be provided to alternate the function of the duty set and the
standby set.
4.6 The generating sets shall be complemented with the necessary such as
maintenance free battery but not limited to the following equipment and
accessories;
a) Nickel cadmium battery equipped with external recombinators, which are

designed to affect recombination of oxygen and hydrogen to increase the
intervals between toppings up with distilled water to at least five years.
b) Daily fuel tank and/or bulk storage tank to cater for not less than 2 days full
load operation
c) Fuel piping system
d) Proper monitoring, control and alarm systems etc. according to the normal
practice. The battery conditions and the generator operating conditions shall
be continuously monitored by the plant monitoring panel of the complex.
e) The generating sets/ generator room shall be provided with proper

acoustic treatment (inclusive double leaf acoustic door) such that the noise

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 10 of 19
REQUIREMENT
level shall be not more than 65 dB (A) at one metre distance outside the
generators room or to the requirements of the Department of Environment,
whichever is less.
4.7 Standby generator sets of sufficient capacity shall also be provided for multi-
storey residential blocks/staff hostels. The standby generator shall provide
essential supply to lift, fire fighting system, water pumps, staircase emergency
light and any other equipment as required by local authorities.
4.8 A mini remote transducer unit shall be provided at each AMF board to integrate
mechanical measurement such as pressure, temperature, fuel level into the
Central Supervisory system.
4.9 The standby generator set of sufficient capacity shall be provided for the project
to cater for all emergency and essential loads in case of main power failure.
5.1 Uninterruptible Power Supply
5.1 Uninterruptible power supply equipment (UPS) shall be installed to provide

emergency power supply to all emergency power points and lighting points and
also the life supporting and monitoring equipment in the operation theatre suites,
special care nurseries intensive care units, coronary care units, CSSD, recovery
areas, delivery rooms etc. It shall provide emergency power supply to critical
services (other than those provided under ICT scope of works) such as, UPS
Room, Server Room, Control Room, CCTV System etc. and selected points in
the other necessary areas. The UPS shall be of static type.
5.2 UPS must design as centralize UPS system and catered for department such
as ; A&E, Intensive care (ICU, CCU, NICU, PICU, HDU, HDW, Transplant ward,
Burn unit), OT, CSSD, Delivery
5.3 The UPS shall be equipped with static bypass switch, 12 pulse rectifier/charger,
maintenance bypass switch, harmonic reduction facilities such as input
harmonic filter trap, input transformer based in order to reduce the harmonics
generated in both input circuit and output circuit.
5.4 The capacity of the UPS including the battery shall be sufficient for the present
loads and 20% future loads. The battery capacity shall not be less than one
hour at the total capacity of the UPS, including the future loads. The battery
shall be of vented nickel cadmium (Ni-Cad) type installed in a separate room
adjacent to the UPS.
5.5 Mineral Insulated Mineral Sheathed Copper Conductor (MIMS) cable shall be
used to connect the UPS supply to the distribution board.
5.6 The UPS shall be integrated and in parallel with the standby generator set. The
UPS and battery rooms shall be 24 hours air-conditioned.

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 11 of 19
REQUIREMENT
6.0 Infra ready
6.1 The Contractor shall provide infra works for electrical services to all area/room
for future medical equipment under group 3 & 4
6.2 The contractor shall propose the Infrastructure / infra ready for that required
area as per mentioned in MBOR as future area. The infrastructure shall include
OT panel frame, bracket for OT / Exam Light, all Electrical and ICT services
until the end termination except for medical equipment. The Contractor shall
provide underfloor trunking at control room, technical room and equipment
room (infra ready).
6.3. If not specify in this TBOR or MBOR, the electrical installation infrastructure ready
shall be provide as architectures ready.
7.0 CENTRAL ELECTRICAL MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM (CEMCS)
7.1 The extent of work and the system to be integrated and monitored are as below:
NOS SERVICES SYSTEM

.
1 Medium Voltage System Monitor
2 External Low Voltage System
a. Dist. Board for lighting Monitor

b. Dist. Board for power/ mechanical Monitor
3 Internal Low Voltage System
a.Main Switch Board Monitor

b.Dist. Board for lighting Monitor
c.Dist. Board for power/ mechanical Monitor
4 External Lighting System Monitor

5 Public Address System Monitor and Control
6 Standby Generator Set Monitor
7 Fireman Emergency Announcement/ Public Monitor and Control
Address System
8 Uninterruptible Power Supply Monitor
9 Nurse Call System Monitor
10 Security, CCTV, Intruder Alarm Monitor
11 Surgical light Monitor

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 12 of 19
REQUIREMENT
12 Any other equipment/ services and integration to Monitor

the Mechanical services (BAS)
7.2 The extent of works and the system to be integrated are as follows:

A Medium Voltage System
i) Incoming VCB and Coupler - Open/Close Status &
Trip Alarm Monitor
ii) Feeder VCB - Open/Close Status, Trip Alarm, Monitor
Transformer High Temperature Warning Alarm,
Transformer High Temperature Trip Alarm.
iii) DPM/PQM – V, I, PF, Hz, kW, kWh, kW MD (30mins), Capture & Display
kVA, Harmonics (VTHD & ITHD) Trending of
Variables
iv) Battery Charger – Charger (Normal Status/Fail Alarm) Monitor
and Battery (Normal Status/Low Alarm)
v) Transformer – 3 Phase Winding Temperature via Monitor
Temperature Controller communication port
B External Low Voltage System
i) Distribution Board for lighting Monitor & control
ii) Distribution Board for Power Mechanical Monitor
iii) Distribution Board for Compound Lighting (Supply Monitor & control
Status/Fail Alarm)
C Internal Low Voltage System

i) Main Switchboard
-Coupler’s Open/Close Status Monitor
-DPM/PQM/PQA – V, I, PF, Hz, kW, kWh, kVA, Capture & Display
Harmonics (VTHD & ITHD) Trending of
Variables
-Surge protective device`s Suppressor’s Normal Monitor
Status/Faulty Alarm
ii) Essential Main Switchboard
-Incoming & Outgoing Circuit Breaker’s On/Off Status Monitor
and Trip Alarm
-Changeover Position Monitor
- DPM/PQM/PQA - V, I, PF, Hz, kW, kWh, kVA, Capture & Display
Variables
iii) AMF Board – Incoming & Outgoing Circuit Breaker’s Monitor
On/Off Status and Trip Alarm.
iv) Sub-Switchboard

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 13 of 19
REQUIREMENT

-Incoming Circuit Breaker’s On/Off Status and Trip Monitor
Alarm
- DPM/PQM/PQ - V, I, PF, Hz, kW, kWh, kVA, Capture & Display

Variables
v) Distribution Board for Power and Lighting Monitor
D Lighting System
Common/Corridor Areas (Supply Status/Fail Alarm) Monitor & control
E PA System/Fireman Emergency Announcement
F IP PBX System
G Distribution Board for Operating Theatre
H Standby Generator Set
Run/Stop Status, Start Fail Alarm, Normal/General Monitor
Alarm, Battery Charger – Normal/Fail Alarm, Battery
Level – Normal/Low Alarm
I Fireman Intercom System
J Uninterruptible Power Supply
- Load on Inverter, Inverter Fail, Unit Bypassed, Monitor
High Temperature/General Alarm
K MATV System
L Security, CCTV, Intruder Alarm, Card Access System
M Information Kiosk
N Data Centre / Server Room
– Room / Rack Temperature Readings/Alarm Monitor
O Any other equipment/services and Monitor

integration/interfacing to the Central Electrical
Management System (CEMS)
8.0 EXTRA LOW VOLTAGE (ELV) SYSTEM
1.0 GENERAL
The work covered in this section shall include the design, supply, delivery,
installation, testing, commissioning and handing over in approved working
condition and provide free maintenance thereafter during the defects liability

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 14 of 19
REQUIREMENT
period. The contractor shall furnish and install complete system as specified with
all necessary apparatus and equipment, wiring, etc., required to ensure on
completion, a system of professional quality in excellent working order.
The design of a security system which may include CCTV, electronic access
control, perimeter intrusion detection, bollard etc. shall be advised and approved
by Pejabat Ketua Pegawai Keselamatan Kerajaan Malaysia (CGSO). In the
premises where national and state event are to be conducted, the advice and
approval of Jabatan Penyiaran Malaysia shall be obtained for the design of the
system with visual and audio components.
All electrical cabling and wiring infrastructure works shall follow the current JKR
specification for Low Voltage Internal Electrical Installation complete with
addendums. All equipment shall be rated for operation on a 230/400 V (within the
tolerance as defined in MS IEC 60038; 230/400 V, +10%, -6%), 3 phase, 4 wire,
50 Hz system with solidly earthed neutral.
A security control room shall be provided for personnel to man among others the
PA system, CCTV monitoring, fireman intercom system etc. To avoid tampering
with the security equipment such as network switches, CCTV recording etc. a
separate secured room within the security control room shall be provided. All
SRS and VPS equipment shall be kept in and provided with a dedicated control
room. Audio visual equipment and rack in small or medium size rooms shall be
kept in built in cabinet or small room, keeping it out of view from the public.
All Extra Low Voltage (ELV) System which are susceptible to lightning and surges
shall be provided with suitable surge protective devices (SPDs). The proposed
surge protection system shall be a combination of power and data SPD. They
shall be installed in various locations of ELV system and equipment installation.
The Contractor shall indicate these in the design drawings and shall follow the
JKR specification for Low Voltage Internal Electrical Installation specifications for
the SPDs.
The whole system shall be properly configured for operation as well as tested for
compliance and performance. Equipment shall be properly set up and
configured. Functional test shall be performed to indicate correct operation and
performance of all equipment.

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 15 of 19
REQUIREMENT
8.1 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) SYSTEM
a) Suitable security systems shall be provided in the Hospital such as the

paediatric ward, nurseries, SCN, medical store and any other areas as
required by Project Director and to the functional requirements. The systems
may consist of coloured CCTV surveillance system, Video intercom call
system; intruder alarms systems and electronic keypad access systems.
b) The CCTV system shall use the latest technology with new generation model
for cameras, monitor, control panel and recording system. The CCTV system
shall be interfaced and integrated with the recording system and all recording
shall be at prescribed interval within 2 weeks.
c) Intruder alarms with assurance light shall be installed in the maternity ward
and the paediatric ward for security purposes. The systems shall be
completed with alarm push buttons installed at strategic locations such as
nurse stations, corridors etc. and the alarm bells of suitable rating at the nurse
stations. Intruder alarms shall also be installed in departments such as
medical store etc. It shall also be installed in the nurses’ hostel with bell push
installed at locations such as common areas; corridors etc. and the bell shall
be of appropriate rating so as to alert the security guards in the hospital
complex.
d) Electronic keypad access systems shall be integrated type and installed at

areas as required by Project Director and to the functional requirement.
e) Call bells/video intercom/door release system shall be installed in the

following areas:-
NOS LOCATION POSITION
1 Operation theatres Bell push/video intercom at

transfer zone and bell/video
screen at nurse station, door
release button shall be at nurse
station and reception
2 Intensive care units Bell push /TV camera at the

entrance of the unit and bell/
video screen at nurse station,
door release button shall be at
nurse station and reception

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 16 of 19
REQUIREMENT
3 Coronary care unit Bell push/TV camera at the

entrance outside the unit and
bell/ video screen at the nurse
station, door release button shall
be at nurse station and
reception
4 Labour /delivery room and other Bell push/TV camera outside the
areas as required by the Project unit and bell/ video screen at
Director and to the functional nurse station, door release
requirement. button shall be at nurse station
and reception
8.2 TELECONFERENCE SYSTEM/ TIE-LINE FOR SPECIAL REQUIRED ROOM

(For OT ,Microscopy Room etc)
a) A complete of audio visual system such as video cameras, monitor

recorder etc for the video camera recording system and
intercommunication system between operation theatre room, auditorium,
seminar room, tutorial room shall be provided by the Contractor. Suitable
mounting racks shall be provided for placing the monitors and recorders.
The position and location of the system shall be determined by the
Project Director.
b) A complete of audio visual system such as video cameras, monitor

recorder etc for the video camera recording system and
intercommunication system between operation theatre room, auditorium,
seminar room, tutorial room shall be provided by the Contractor. Suitable
mounting racks shall be provided for placing the monitors and recorders.
The position and location of the system shall be determined by the
Project Director.
c) Teleconference facilities shall be provided between operation theatres

and day care operation theatres with adjacent conference room/seminar
room/auditorium or any other location as detailed in Medical Brief.

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 17 of 19
REQUIREMENT
8.3 NURSE CALL SYSTEMS
a) Nurse call systems shall be installed in all patient care areas as example in
wards, the intensive care units, the coronary care units, the special care
nurseries, the isolation rooms etc. The system shall be of the latest design
and include the following features and facilities:
i. Patient station with normal call cord receptacle, call reassurance

lights, call/cancel button and nurse assist button located at each
patient bed.
ii. Staff registration, emergency call station equipped with speech

facilities located at each patient bed.
iii. Toilet and bath stations shall have a water resistance membrane
and include a pull cord or membrane call point as appropriate, call
reassurance lamp and reset button.
iv. Over door light and zone light shall be installed at ward entrances,
lobby, and toilet and multi bed wards. Such lamps shall be clearly
visible from a distance of 30 metres in the ambient light conditions.
Lamps shall be easily replaceable without the need for tools or
soldering equipment.
v. The Nurse Call system shall be microprocessor type with 30

minutes of built-in standby battery power.
vi. The Nurse Call system shall have the following facilities:
a. Call transfer to adjacent ward
b. Staff follow mode
c. Direct select and indication of each station call
d. All calls to be displayed simultaneously
e. Automatic selection of highest priority call
f. All page and zone page facility
g. Pre-announcement tone to alert the patient of a call from

the nurse console
h. Networking of all nurse call system to provide system

activity print out.
i. To have paging facilities linking to the code blue

(emergency) alert system. Paging system shall be
provided for on call doctors and officers. This pager shall
be integrated with the hospital Nurse Call system for

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 18 of 19
REQUIREMENT
resuscitation team to respond to emergency call through

code blue.
j. VIP rooms have nurse call system that can control TV,
radio etc.
b) The Nurse Call system shall continue to operate without the need to
be switched off in the following conditions:
i. In the event of component in the system is removed during

the course of field replacement or maintenance.
ii. In the absence of any failed part while under maintenance

or repair.
8.4 INTRUDER ALARM SYSTEMS
Concept
a) The design of the Intruder Alarm System shall be based on the latest and
proven state of the art technology.
b) The design must take into consideration on aspect of minimizing

respective disturbance to the architectural finishing as well as civil
structure in this premise.
c) The Intruder Alarm System shall have the following facilities:
i. Alarm Control Panel

ii. LCD Keypad Module /Keypad System
iii. External/Internal Siren c/w Strobe Light
iv. Vibration Sensor
v. Motion Sensor
vi. Magnetic Contact
8.5 TWO WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
The two way radio communication system shall be installed for communication
between the A&E Department and the ambulances.

DESIGN AND BUILD
NEED STATEMENT

Page 19 of 19
REQUIREMENT
9.0 TRAINING FOR KEY-USER, APPLICATIONS NETWORK AND SYSTEM

ADMINISTRATOR
9.1 The Contractor shall prepare structured training programs including proper content and
syllabus at different phase of project lifecycle for all category of staff based on their roles
and responsibilities. The training plan and the level of training shall be agreed upon by the
P.D. or P.D’s representative.
9.2 The Contractor shall provide certified and experienced trainers.
9.3 The training program shall include (where applicable):
a) Software application system and its related modules.

b) Software, hardware, network and telephone system.
c) Other types of training that Contractor deem required for the project.
9.4 The Contractor shall prepare the training document and requirement as follows:
a) Learning objective and desired outcome document based on assessment of training

needs.
b) Training kit including proper notes, instructions, manuals etc. shall be provided by the
Contractor.
c) Assessment report on the effectiveness after the training program. The Contractor shall
review and re-conduct training session if the assessment did not meet intendedoutcome
prior to P.D’s approval.
9.5 The training can be conducted in the premise or outside of the premise subject to the
consent of the P.D. or P.D’s representative. In the event training needs to be conducted
outside of the premise, the Contractor shall provide all expenses such as accommodation,
meal, fares and transports as required for the occasion.
9.6 The training shall include but not limited to the following:
a) Software Application training;

i) The Contractor shall provide and configure training environment that is similar to the
production environment for training purposes using the same version as installed
on site.
ii) Dedicated training server with suitable hardware specification shall be provided by
the Contractor.
b) Third Party Software training;
c) Cabling Infrastructure training; and
d) Network and Telephone System Configuration training.

APPENDIX :
MEDICAL EQUIPMENT RELATED TO

ELECTRICAL
DESIGN AND BUILD NEED STATEMENT
Pindaan :
APPENDIX MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
CKE (MEQ) RELATED TO ELECTRICAL TarikhPindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
MukaSurat : Page 1 of 28
TABLE OF CONTENT
ITEM
DESCRIPTIONS PAGE
NO.
1.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENT 2

2.0 DIAGNOSTIC IMAGING EQUIPMENT 12
OPERATION THEATRE (LIGHTS, TABLES AND PANELS)
3.0 14
SYSTEM
4.0 BEDHEAD TRUNKING 17
5.0 EXAMINATION LIGHT 17
6.0 DANGEROUS DRUG CABINET 17
7.0 XRAY ILLUMINATOR 17
8.0 EXTRACORPOREAL SHOCKWAVE LITHOTRIPSY (ESWL) 18
9.0 INTEGRATED OPERATION THEATRE SYSTEM 18
10.0 SCHEDULES 20
MED
Schedule A - TENDER SUM ANALYSIS (MED) 20
Schedule BMED - ELECTRICAL SERVICES REQUIRED
21
(MED)
Schedule CMED - SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS (MED) 22
Schedule DMED - PROPOSED BRANDS 24
11.0 APPENDICES
APPENDIX A – Schedule of maintenances works 27

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
1.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENT
1.1 Scope of Work
1.1.1 The Works covered in this section shall include the design, supply,
delivery, installation, testing, commissioning and handling over in
approved working condition and provide free maintenance thereafter
during the defects liability period.
1.1.2 The contractor shall furnish and install complete system as specified
with all necessary apparatus and equipment, wiring, etc, required to
ensure on completion, a system of professional quality in excellent
working order. It shall cover such minor works as are necessary for the
proper carrying out of the installation and operation of the system,
whether or not such works are specifically stated in the specifications
and drawings submitted.
1.1.3 The successful bidder shall offer all accessories essential for the
equipment to be fully operational. These shall include computer
software where applicable.
1.1.4 The equipment shall include any special tools or appliances required for
the normal handling and maintenance of the equipment
1.1.5 This section complements and shall be read in conjunction with the
relevant portions of the Medical, Architectural, Mechanical and
Electrical, and ICT briefs of requirements which related to equipment.
1.1.6 This need statement shall be read together with project brief, any
addendums, schedule of accommodation (SOA), technical
specifications, requirements/standards or any other documents
attached in the tender that indicate project requirement that are
produced by client, authority, etc for detailed description.
1.1.7 The design for a imaging system which may include operation theater
(OT), general x-ray, fluoroscopy, ultrasound etc. shall be advised and
approved by Bahagian Kejuruteraan Kementerian Kesihatan Malaysia.
1.1.8 All electrical cabling (where applicable) and wiring infrastructure works
shall follow the current JKR specification for Low Voltage Internal
Electrical Installationcomplete with addendums. Apart from main
electrical distribution system, all Extra Low Voltage (ELV) System,
which are susceptible to lightning, and switching surges shall be
provided with suitable surge protection devices (SPDs). The proposed

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
surge protection system shall be a combination of power and data SPD.

They shall be installed in various locations of ELV System and
equipment installation. The Contractor shall indicate these in the design
drawings and shall follow the JKR specification for Low Voltage Internal
Electrical Installationspecifications for the SPDs.
1.2 Definition of Equipment:
1.2.1 In this brief, equipment shall include both medical and non-medical
equipment, loose furniture (medical and non medical) and related
fittings, as well as consumables related equipment. The scope shall
include accessories for these items and computerized operating
systems inclusive of software necessary for the operation and use of
any supplied equipment or equipment systems. However, standalone
computers and computer systems including related hardware and
software are covered separately in the ICT brief of requirements.
1.2.2 Equipment offered shall be supplied complete with the necessaryspare-

parts and accessories required to perform all the intended functions and
performance.
1.3 Clasification of Equipment:
1.3.1 For ease of management and coordination, equipment shall be defined

and managed under four groupings based on the degree of input or
responsibility of the two main parties (namely, the successful
tenderer/bidder and the client regarding procurement and installation):
Group: Party responsible and role:
I Supplied by successful tenderer/bidder, and installed by

successful tenderer/bidder. Major equipment and
equipment systems with high M&E requirements and
that require coordination within the terms of the building
contract.
II Equipment with high M&E requirements supplied by the

client that may require coordination within the terms of
the building contract. Major examples are salvageable
items from existing hospital.

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
Ill Plug & play equipment with normal M&E requirements that
can be easily connected to standard electrical outlets
and/or water source.
IV Items without M&E requirements but requires spaceplanning

and storage. Items include medical instruments, medical
and non medical furniture, consumables etc.
1.3.2 Group I, III and IV equipment shall be provided by the successful bidder
and the successful bidder shall be responsible for providing the
necessary design and infrastructure to cater for the routine operation
and use of this equipment based on conventional applications under
normal circumstances or universal practices.
1.4 Main Deliverables DuringImplementation:
1.4.1 In fulfillment of the above scope, the successful bidder shall prepare
and submit the following to the satisfaction of the client and Project
Director (PD):
a. Room-to-room equipment list
b. Bill of quantity for each department / unit with distribution list
c. Total bill of quantity and distribution list
d. Fully loaded room data sheets indicating equipment under all

groupings.
e. Indicative specifications stating the performance and capacities

of major and critical equipment
f. Suggested list of equipment related consumables
1.4.2 All submissions shall be in hard and softcopies. Although every effort
will be made to ensure the completeness and full functionality of the
equipment in accordance with the final design and drawings, should an
omission be discovered during the taking over or during the warranty

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
and support period, the successful bidder shall supply such equipment
or components on his own account within two (2) months of receiving
notice from the client.
1.5 Full information & supporting documents:
1.5.1 Relevant information on the particular model of equipment offered shall

be stated.
1.5.2. The tenderer/bidder shall validate and substantiate all information

provided in the offer either through original catalogues or other
literature.
1.6 Brand & Model of equipment:
1.6.1 The year the model of equipment offered was first introduced/produced
shall be stated and record of sales shall be provided.
1.6.2 The model of equipment offered shall be current and not one where the
manufacturer intends to phase out of production. Unless the successful
tenderer/bidder can justify to the contrary (e.g. drastic increase in price),
the successful tenderer/bidder shall be obliged to offer any updated
models (within the same class or performance) that may become
available within six (6) months from the time of delivery.
1.6.3 Substitution of agreed brand or model shall be entirely at the discretion

of the client after considering the request and justifications from the
successful tenderer/bidder since the successful tenderer/bidder should
endeavor to ensure that all offered equipment are available once
clearance is given by the client and Project Director (PD).
1.6.4 Brand proposed shall be of reputable manufacturer with proven track

record. The successful tenderer/bidder shall proposed minimum of 3
brands for each equipment for client and Project Director (PD) approval.
Project Director (PD) shall have the rights to choose any of the brands
proposed for the final selection.

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
1.7 Power Requirements:
1.7.1 All electrical equipment supplied shall be designed for normal

operations according to the Malaysian National Electrical
Board/SuruhanjayaTenaga (ST) without resorting to the use of external
transformers.
1.7.2 All equipment supplied shall run on the following:
Single phase: 240± 10%V 50 Hz.
Three phase: 415± 10%V 50 Hz.
1.7.3 Critical and/or sensitive equipment shall be supplied with voltage

stabilizers.
1.7.4 Uninterrupted power supply pack for the desired durations shall be
included wherever indicated
1.8 Standards & safety:
1.8.1 All equipment supplied shall in all relevant respects conform to the
current editions of all relevant Malaysian Standards, British Standards,
IEC-601 or other approved National Standards with regards to the
design, construction, performance and tests. A copy of such standards
in the English Language shall be submitted with the bid.
1.8.2 Where applicable, the bidder shall submit copies of all relevant and
pertinent approvals from recognized authorities to indicate conformity
with internationally accepted standards on safety and efficacy.
1.8.3 Unless otherwise indicated, all units of measurement shall be Standard

International Units.
1.8.4 All equipment supplied shall be suitable for normal operation by

Malaysian operators and ergonomically designed for function and
operation.
1.9 Local support & representation:
Local technical expertise available for the maintenance and repair of

the particular model of equipment offered shall be listed showingnames,
identity card number and proof of employment.

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
1.10 Warranty:
1.10.1 All equipment supplied shall be guaranteed for a minimum period of

twenty-four (24) calendar months following satisfactory installation and
handing over.
1.10.2 The successful tenderer/bidder shall state and provide details of

general and specific guarantees
1.10.3 The supplier shall guarantee the availability of spare parts for a period
of 8 years after satisfactory handing over of the equipment. A certificate
from the manufacturer shall accompany each offer.
1.11 Connectivity:
Critical equipment e.g. laboratory, imaging, intensive care, pharmacy

equipment and other equipment that may be networked shall be
designed and engineered to be compatible with Hospital ICT System.
1.12 Software:
1.12.1 All software delivered shall be upgraded and maintained in current

status at no additional cost to the government during the warranty
support and any subsequent maintenance period.
1.12.2 The supplier agrees to guarantee the ability to maintain all software
supplies including any future upgrades or corrections to the software for
a minimum period of eight (8) years after the completion of the support
period. The response to the request for proposal shall include
certification of agreement to this condition from all sub-successful
tenderer/bidders providing software.
1.13 Customization to local climate and operation:
1.13.1 All equipment shall be fully tropicalised to make them suitable for
continuous operation in the extremely humid and tropical climatic
condition experienced in Malaysia
1.13.2 The equipment shall normally be operated under the following air-
conditioned environment:

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
i. Temperature : 22 ± 2° Celsius
ii. Humidity : 55+5%
Notwithstanding the above, the equipment shall not deteriorate under

normal tropical conditions.
1.13.3 The equipment shall also be designed to prevent accidental contact with
live parts, ingress of vermin, and minimize the ingress of dust anddirt.
Materials which may be liable to attack by termites and other insects
shall not be used.
1.14 Checklist:
1.14.1 The successful tenderer/bidder shall prepare a checklist or matrix of all

pertinent equipment features stated in the indicative specifications with
columns denoting their offer conformance with the requirements. Where
the checklist denotes non-conformance with the stated requirements,
the successful tenderer/bidder is advised to append notes and
comments explaining why such an offer may be deemed equivalent or
superior to those in the requirements.
1.15 Installation, Operating & Maintenance Manuals & instructions:
1.15.1 Unless otherwise stated, all equipment to each specified location or

user department or unit shall be supplied with two (2) complete sets of
detailed installation, operation and maintenance instructions in respect
of the equipment offered.
1.15.2 The instruction shall cover the main as well as any associated
equipment.
1.15.3 The instructions shall include essential details, drawings and sketches
of the equipment installation, operation and maintenance techniques,
mention of specific materials where utilized and include schedules of
recommended lubricants, etc.
1.15.4 All manuals shall be in the National or English Language
1.15.5 The medium of instruction shall be in the National or English Language.

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
1.16 Demonstration & Training:
Demonstration and training on the normal operation and user

maintenance as well as troubleshooting shall be provided for all
equipment.
1.16.1 The successful tenderer/bidder shall propose a comprehensive

demonstration and training schedule and syllabus for the approval of
the client and Project Director (PD) twelve (12) months before handing
over of the facility. Training shall be for end-users and technical staff
from the Hospital Support Services Concession Company.
1.16.2 For major and complex equipment, training shall be staggered and
spread over multiple sessions if required to facilitate learning and skill
transfer.
1.17 Start-up kits:
1.17.1 Where required, equipment shall be supplied with full start-up kit to
enable the equipment to be used or to serve as reference for the end-
users to make further purchase. For example:
i. Vehicles shall be handed over with a full tank of fuel.
ii. Medical and non medical gasses shall be provided full tank
1.17.2 This start-up kit shall not be used for the purpose of commissioning and
training. It shall not be part of provisional sum of consumables identified
earlier.
1.18 Conflict or Omission:
These requirements shall supplement the requirements stated in other

relevant sections of the briefs of requirements. Whenever there is
conflict, the requirements in this brief shall prevail if the issue is
predominately equipment in nature.
1.19 Inspection, Testing& Commissioning
After the installation work has been completed and before the issuance
of completion certificate, the whole Medical Equipments system shall
be inspect & tested for compliance and performance as follows:
a) Insulation test of the wiring;

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
b) Continuity test of the wiring;

c) Functional test to indicate correct operation and performance of
allequipments;
d) Any other tests which may be needed to demonstrate
thesatisfactory function of the Medical Equipments system.
Result of the testing and commissioning shall be submitted to the

Project Director (P.D.) and his representative for approval and
thereafter binded for records.
1.20 Defect Liability Period
During the Defects Liability Period, the Contractor shall be responsible

for the service and maintenance work of the complete installation. All
works shall be carried out by competent person. All labour, material,
tools and parts necessary to rectify the defect due to
manufacturing/installation faults shall be supplied/executed at the
Contractor's cost. The service and maintenance to be performed and
defects to be rectified and making good shall include but not limited to
the following:
a) Repairs and replacement of all equipment and accessories that

become faulty due to manufacturing and installation defects
whether it is under the manufacturer’s warranty or not;
b) Replacement and making goods of all wiring and accessories;
c) Making good any damage to roads, buildings, drains, cables,
pipes, concrete areas, paved areas etc. which had not been
properly made good arising out of his work; and
d) All other works deemed as necessary by the P.D.’s
Representative.
The minimum schedule of maintenance works is indicated in Appendix

A. All works shall be carried out as soon as the Contractor is being
informed by the P.D or hisrepresentative, or the occupant, and shall be
completed within a reasonable time except under emergency situation.
If the Contractor fails to comply with the above requirements, the P.D
or his representative reserves the right to engage another party to carry
out the work, in which case, the Contractor shall be responsible for all
the expenses incurred.

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
1.21 Manufacturer’s Catalogues and Drawings
Manufacturer's catalogues and drawings giving detailed information on

the general installation, technical specification and other useful details
shall be submitted together.

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
2.0 Diagnostic Imaging Equipment
2.0.1 The type and number of diagnostic imaging equipment, of the latest design
and complete with all the associated equipment, accessories, parts and
facilities, shall be supplied and installed according to the functional
requirements of Ministry of Health. The equipment shall be supplied and
installed in the radiology department and other departments such as
urology/nephrology department, operation theatre suites, A & E department,
O&G department, dental department etc.
2.0.2 The actual models and types of equipment to be supplied shall be submitted
to the Project Director for approval before ordering.
2.0.3 Any associated equipment, accessories facilities etc. which is mentioned in

the catalogue and/or technical data etc. as optional but required for the proper
and efficient operation of the imaging services, SHALL DEEM TO BE
INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY AND CLEARLY
MENTIONED OTHERWISE in the tender submission.
2.0.4 The imaging equipment to be supplied and installed shall be of approved type
and similar to SIEMENS, PHILIPS, TOSHIBA or equivalent. The imaging
equipment shall include equipment, attachment, associated equipment, parts,
accessories, facilities etc. suitable for the following functions and equipment:-
(where applicable - as the functional requirements of the Ministry of Health).
a) Digital Radiography System

b) High End Multidetector CT Scan 128 Slices
c) Magnetic Resonance Image (MRI) 3T
d) Digital Multipurpose C-Arm Fluoroscopy
e) Digital Mammography Tomosynthesis
f) OPG Function (Orthopantogram)
g) CBCT (Cone Beam Computed Tomography)
h) Bone Densitometry
i) Angiography
j) Mobile X-Ray
k) Ultrasound High End
l) Digital Intra Oral X-Ray

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
2.0.5 The corrosive fume emitted by the film processor shall be exhausted via a
duct constructed with anti-corrosive material and installed separately from the
normal ventilation system. The exhaust duct shall be ducted to the open-air
areas.
2.0.6 All chemical waste discharged from the processing equipment must be
treated before discharging into the normal sewerage system to comply with
the requirement of Jabatan Alam Sekitar.
2.0.7 All mobile machines such as mobile x-ray, image intensifier, ultrasound etc.
shall be suitable for connection to normal type of 13A switched socket outlets
without using adaptors.
2.0.8 The above statements only serve as general guidelines for the equipment and
does not exclude any offer which may not comply fully with the features as
mentioned above. The installation shall be completed with control desk, safety
interlocking devices, safety protection features and other accessories and
parts necessary for the proper operation of equipment.
2.0.9 All materials, equipment, etc. shall be new, unused, of good quality, of
reputable make, with local service agents and who have good after sale
service and approved by the relevant authority such as Lembaga Perlesenan
Tenaga Atom.
2.0.10 The Contractor shall arrange for all the above installation and equipment to
be inspected and tested by the relevant authority before commencement of
the testing and commissioning which is to be witnessed by the Project
Director.

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
3.0 OPERATION THEATRE (LIGHTS, TABLES AND PANELS) SYSTEM
Each operation theatres shall be supplied and installed with surgical lights,
tables, panels and audio-visual equipment of the latest design and complete
with all the associated equipment, accessories and parts.
3.1 Surgical Lights
3.1.1 The surgical LED light system shall be suitable for all field of surgery and shall
have a main light and a satellite light. The main light shall have total light
intensity of not less than 160,000 lux at a distance of one metre. The surgical
light for one of the operation theatre shall have total light intensity of not less
than 140,000 lux at a distance of one metre. The lighting shall be adjustable
continuously.
3.1.2 The satellite light shall have total intensity of not less than 140,000 lux at a
distance of one metre. The lighting levels of the main lights shall be adjustable
continuously or in several steps.
3.1.3 The light shall be glare free and fitted with combination of filters such that the
light is colour corrected. The colour temperature of the light output shall be
approximately adjustable within 3900-4300 degree K.
3.1.4 The light fittings shall be suitable for 24 V a.c./d.c. power supply and complete
with independent Battery system.
3.1.5 The independent UPS system shall be completed with maintenance free
battery with a capacity of three hour at full load, no break change over switch,
time elapse counter with audible and visual alarm, control panel etc. The UPS
system shall be installed in separate ventilated rooms. The plant monitoring
system shall continuously monitor the conditions of the battery.
3.1.6 The surgical lights system to be supplied and installed shall be of approved
type.
3.1.7 The surgical lights system shall integrate with camera system and link to the
Auditorium/Conference/Seminar room. The camera system must be
detachable type. If necessary the cameras can be shared among the multiple
operation theatres

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
3.1.8 The camera system shall come with digital control console, 26”
medical/surgical grade LCD monitor , recorder with 150GB and a stainless
steel trolley and can be interface with Hospital Information System (HIS).
3.1.9 The camera shall be able to allow for image rotation to ensure optimal image
orientation when being viewed on a monitor. The camera shall have the
followings features;
i. High quality recording with 440,000 pixels producing clear and

well defined image of surgery
ii. 32-fold optical zoom and 12-fold digital zoom in order to capture
the smallest details as well as the full field images.
iii. The camera automatically handles focus and Iris controls, with the
remote control console for Zoom and White balance. The focus
and Iris can also be controlled manually if needed
iv. Capture still picture
v. Image and voice to be link to the Auditorium/Conference room.
3.1.10 A receptacle linking the camera system at the OT light shall be provided and
located at the OT control panel. An external cable linking the camera control
console to the wall receptacle shall be provided. The image captured from the
digital console shall be able to directly downloaded or saved to the hard disk
or recorded onto the DVD/ recorder or to the HIS. A tie line of fiber cable for
streaming and long distance communication shall be used to link the
operation theatre to the auditorium and seminar rooms.
3.2 Surgical Tables
3.2.1 The surgical tables shall be suitable for general and specialist operations.
They shall have four sections and capable of 360 degree top rotation.
3.2.2 The tables shall have full length radio translucent top, traversing top with
removable lower trunk section for perennial position without lifting, extendible
control handles for Trendelenburg and reverse and lateral tilt and X-ray
cassette holders. They shall be equipped with adjustable gas strut support
head flap, adjustable and removable twin gas strut supported leg flap with
detachable top panel, foot operated height adjustment and combined wheel,
castor or brake pedals. The pedestal clads shall be of stainless steel. The
tables shall be supplied with 8 cm radio translucent anti-static mattresses.

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
3.2.3 The tables shall be of electrically remote control subject to the functional
requirement of Ministry of Health.
3.2.4 The surgical tables complete with accessories to be supplied and installed
shall be of approved type.
3.3 Operation Theatre Panels
3.3.1 Complete set of operation theatre panel board shall be installed in the
operation theatre room as determined by the Project Director. The panel shall
comprise of:
i. Flush mounted analogue/digital elapsed time clock showing

hours, minutes and seconds c/w timer reset.
ii. Perspex covers for x-ray viewer panel (four panels) c/w x-ray film
holder
iii. Mains indicating light and fire alarm-indicating lights.
iv. Panel boards with rear access c/w cover plate of 2.0mm or better
thick plain stainless steel 302 sheet with provision opening for
other services e.g. electrical, medical gases, micro and macro
shock protection etc.
v. All cabling and piping shall be properly organised and

coded/labelled accordingly. Cabling in the O.T Panel shall be
concealed in conduits/cable ducts/ trunkings.
vi. All equipment such as light switches, clocks, medical gases, x-ray
viewer, intercom, IPS, humidity controller, etc. must be housed in
enclosed compartment/metal back box enclosure

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
4.0 BEDHEAD TRUNKING
4.0.1 Bedhead trunking shall be installed at bed areas in the wards, recovery areas,
labour rooms, delivery areas etc. The bedhead trunking shall house services
such as electrical, nurse call, TV distribution, medical gases etc. with the switches
and services outlets mounted on the front plates.
4.0.2 The bedhead trunking shall be of pre-wired and pre-piped type. The units should
have integral separate compartments for low voltage cabling, extra low voltage
cabling, ICT cabling and medical gas pipework installed in accordance to
HTM0201. The trunking shall be properly earthed in accordance with the Latest
Edition of the IEE Wiring Regulation and provided with ventilation slots. The front
plate shall be secured to the main trunking back spine in such a way that the
cables, pipeworks, outlets, switches etc. can be easily inspected, maintained or
replaced.
5.0 EXAMINATION LIGHT
Examination light shall be supplied in the consultation examination room, POP

rooms or according to the functional requirements of Ministry of Health.
6.0 DANGEROUS DRUG CABINET
Dangerous Drug Cabinet with alarm system shall be supplied and installed in
the clean utility room, drug store, nurse base station or according to the
functional requirements of Ministry of Health.
The DD Cabinet shall be of wall mounted type and floor standing type.
7.0 XRAY ILLUMINATOR
X-ray illuminators, LED type (single panel, double panel, 4 in 1 panel) shall be
supplied and installed in the Consultation Examination room, Treatment room,
Procedure room, POP room, or according to the functional requirements of
Ministry of Health.

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
8.0 EXTRACORPOREAL SHOCKWAVE LITHOTRIPSY (ESWL) MACHINE
The ESWL machine complete with accessories shall be supplied and

installed in the operation theatre/procedure room according to the functional
requirements of Ministry of Health. The ESWL machine shall be of approved
type by Project Director (PD).
9.0 INTEGRATED OPERATION THEATER SYSTEM
It is a multifunctional OR for endoscopic, minimally invasive and open

surgery. It a system equipped with central control centers for medical
devices. It is a suite which is ergonomically designed, optimizing surgery
time and thus creating a versatile multidisciplinary area.

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
10.0 SCHEDULES
Schedule AMEQ – Tender Sum Analysis (MEQ)

Schedule BMEQ – Electrical Services Required (MEQ)
Schedule CMED– Schedule of Deviations (MEQ)
Schedule DMED – Proposed Brands (MEQ)

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
SCHEDULE AMEQ- TENDER SUM ANALYSIS (MEQ)
ITEM AMOUNT (RM)
1. Operation Theatre Light

2. Operation Theatre Table
3. Operation Theatre Panel
4. Digital Radiography System
5. High End Multidetector CT Scan 128 S
6. Magnetic Resonance Image (MRI) 3T
7. Digital Multipurpose C-Arm Fluoroscopy
8. Digital Mammography Tomosynthesis
9. OPG Function (Orthopantogram)
10. CBCT (Cone Beam Computed Tomography)
11. Bone Densitometry
12. Angiography
13. X-Ray Viewer/Illuminator
14. Mobile X-Ray
15. Ultrasound High End
16. Digital Intra Oral X-Ray
17. DDA Cabinet
18. Examination Light
19. Others as per MBOR
.
CARRIED FORWARD TO ELECTRICAL
WORK BRIEF
Name of Authorized Personnel : (Official Stamp)
Date :

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
SCHEDULE BMED–MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS REQUIRED (State YES or NO)
PROPOSAL PROPOSAL
1. Operation Theatre Light Yes
2. Operation Theatre Table Yes
3. Operation Theatre Panel Yes
4. Digital Radiography System Yes
5. High End Multidetector CT Scan 128 S Yes
6. Magnetic Resonance Image (MRI) 3T Yes
7. Digital Multipurpose C-Arm Fluoroscopy Yes
8. Digital Mammography Tomosynthesis Yes
9. OPG Function (Orthopantogram) Yes
10. CBCT (Cone Beam Computed Yes
Tomography)
.11. Bone Densitometry Yes
12. Angiography Yes
13. X-Ray Viewer/Illuminator Yes
14. Mobile X-Ray Yes
15. Ultrasound High End Yes
16. Digital Intra Oral X-Ray Yes
17. DDA Cabinet Yes
18. Examination Light Yes
19. Others as per MBOR Yes
Date :

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
SCHEDULE CMED - SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS
DEVIATIONS FROM WORKS BRIEF

ELECTRICAL SERVICES
IF ANY (please describe)
a) Operation Theatre Light
b) Operation Theatre Table
c) Operation Theatre Panel
d) Digital Radiography System
e) High End Multidetector CT Scan 128 S
f) Magnetic Resonance Image (MRI) 3T
g) Digital Multipurpose C-Arm Fluoroscopy
h) Digital Mammography Tomosynthesis
i) OPG Function (Orthopantogram)
j) CBCT (Cone Beam Computed
Tomography)
k) Bone Densitometry
l) Angiography
m) X-Ray Viewer/Illuminator
n) Mobile X-Ray
o) Ultrasound High End
p) Digital Intra Oral X-Ray
q) DDA Cabinet
r) Examination Light
s) Others as per MBOR

Pindaan :
WORKS BRIEF
We acknowledge that the description in this schedule is not exhaustive. They serve
only as reminder to us. We have diligently read the entire Electrical Works Brief
together with this schedule. We fully understand it. We shall fully comply with the
requirements of the brief except where we have mentioned the deviations specifically.
Date :

DESIGN ANDBUILD NEED
STATEMENT
Pindaan :
APPENDIX EXTRA LOW VOLTAGE
(ELV) TO ELECTRICAL WORKS TarikhPindaan :
BRIEF
CKE MukaSurat: Page 24 of 28
SCHEDULE DMED – PROPOSED BRANDS
BRAND PROPOSED
DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT (list down) MODEL *
**
Operation Theatre Light

1.
2.
Operation Theatre Table
1.
2.
Operation Theatre Panel
1.
2.
3.
Digital Radiography System

1.
2.
3.
High End Multidetector CT Scan 128 S
1.
2.
Magnetic Resonance Image (MRI) 3T
1.
2.
Digital Multipurpose C-Arm Fluoroscopy
1.
2.
Digital Mammography Tomosynthesis
1.

STATEMENT
Pindaan :
BRIEF
BRAND PROPOSED
DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT (list down) MODEL *
**
OPG Function (Orthopantogram)
1.
2.
CBCT (Cone Beam Computed Tomography)
1.
2.
Bone Densitometry
1.
2.
Angiography
1.
2.
X-Ray Viewer/Illuminator
1.
2.
Mobile X-Ray
1.
2.
Ultrasound High End
1.
2.
Digital Intra Oral X-Ray
1.
2.
Others as mentioned in MBOR

1.

STATEMENT
Pindaan :
BRIEF
* Declaration by Contractor:
We acknowledge that the actual model shall be selected based on the approved construction
drawing, ability to meet its intended application and function, having fulfilling the requirement
of the work brief (or need statement). Any catalogues in the contract document are meant for
indication only and shall not be binding.
Date :
** Only one brand to be proposed.

STATEMENT
Pindaan :
BRIEF
APPENDIX A - SCHEDULE OF MAINTENANCE WORK
Maintenance Frequency
No. Description
D W M 3M 6M Y 2Y

STATEMENT
Pindaan :
BRIEF
Maintenance Frequency
No. Description
D W M 3M 6M Y 2Y
D =day
W=week
M=month
Y=year

Electrical & Ict Need Statement: Hospital Kapar (Reka Dan Bina)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electrical & Ict Need Statement: Hospital Kapar (Reka Dan Bina)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ELECTRICAL & ICT

JABATAN KERJA RAYA

ITEM DESCRIPTIONS PAGE

2.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTOR 4

5.1.1 Medium Voltage System 11

5.1.2 Low Voltage System 12

5.1.2.1 Distribution System 12

5.1.2.2 Wiring and Cabling 14

5.1.2.3 Selection of Light Fittings and Accessories 15

5.1.2.4 Selection of Fans 16

5.1.2.5 Power Points 17

5.1.2.8 Earthing System 21

5.1.2.9 Surge Protective Devices 21

5.1.2.10 Standby Generator Set 21

5.1.2.11 Uninterruptible Power Supply 22

5.1.2.12 Requirement for Anti Corrosive Type Installation 23

5.1.2.13 Energy Efficiency (EE) 23

6.0 JKR BUILDING INFORMATION MODELLING (BIM) 23

7.0 EXTRA LOW VOLTAGE (ELV) SYSTEM 23

10.0 CENTRAL ELECTRICAL MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM 24

10.1 Central Control Room 24

HOSPITAL KAPAR (REKA DAN BINA)

ITEM DESCRIPTIONS PAGE

11.0 FIRE BARRIERS AND SEALANTS FOR OPENING AND DUCTS 27

12.0 DEMOLITION WORKS 27

13.0 OTHER INTEGRATION WORKS 28

Schedule A ELECTRICAL SERVICES TENDER SUM ANALYSIS 34

Schedule DICT AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS 41

Schedule DEERE AS-INSTALLED DOCUMENTS 42

Schedule E SUPERVISION DURING CONSTRUCTION 43

Schedule EICT SUPERVISION DURING CONSTRUCTION 44

Schedule EEERE SUPERVISION DURING CONSTRUCTION 47

Schedule F CHECKLIST OF ELECTRICAL SERVICES REQUIRED 48

Schedule FICT SCHEDULE OF ICT SERVICES 50

HOSPITAL KAPAR (REKA DAN BINA)

ITEM DESCRIPTIONS PAGE

Schedule FEERE SCHEDULE OF EE & RE SERVICES 54

Schedule H ROOM DATA OF ELECTRICAL FACILITIES 79

Schedule HICT ROOM DATA OF ICT FACILITIES 81

Schedule I SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED BRANDS 82

Schedule IICT MANUFACTURER’S BRAND LIST 88

Schedule IELV SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED BRANDS 92

Schedule IEERE MANUFACTURER’S BRAND LIST 98

Schedule J SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED MOCK-UP 99

Schedule M ELECTRICAL/ELV/ICT MAINTENANCE (DLP) 105

Schedule NBIM BIM BRIF PROJEK JKR 106

Schedule OBIM BIM DELIVERABLES SUMMARY 108

Schedule QBIM BIM SAMPLE MODEL REQUIREMENT 113

24.0 APPENDICES 114

Appendix BIM JKR BUILDING INFORMATION MODELLING (BIM) 114

Appendix ELV EXTRA LOW VOLTAGE (ELV) SYSTEM 132

Appendix SPR SPECIAL PROJECT REQUIREMENT (SPR) 179

Appendix MEQ MEDICAL EQUIPMENT RELATED TO ELECTRICAL 179

HOSPITAL KAPAR (REKA DAN BINA)

2.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTOR

HOSPITAL KAPAR (REKA DAN BINA)

2.0.12 During the construction stage, the Contractor shall employ:

a) Qualified electrical contractor to terminate/relocate existing electricity supply (if required)

HOSPITAL KAPAR (REKA DAN BINA)

a) Borang A - Perakuan Pemborong Elektrik

a) Borang A – Permohonan bagi Pendaftaran Pemasanganand to fulfill the operability and

HOSPITAL KAPAR (REKA DAN BINA)